-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, L3VtorU3EKHXTo+N3yQvL/1WBQuyydEaPe+VEV7PCEi947zh2SSEUGu6j+spgGjH jJlyaS+lVKUvSEdzGhf+CQ== 0000889812-97-002132.txt : 19971009 0000889812-97-002132.hdr.sgml : 19971009 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000889812-97-002132 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-1/A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 3 FILED AS OF DATE: 19971008 SROS: NYSE FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: MT INVESTORS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001037646 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: MISC INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT [3590] IRS NUMBER: 133668641 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-1/A SEC ACT: SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-35597 FILM NUMBER: 97692623 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: CO AEA INVESTORS INC STREET 2: 65 EAST 55TH STREET CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10022 BUSINESS PHONE: 2126445900 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: C/O AEA INVESTORS INC STREET 2: 65 EAST 55TH STREET CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10022 S-1/A 1 AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 8, 1997 REGISTRATION NO. 333-35597 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ------------------------ AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FORM S-1 REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ------------------------ MT INVESTORS INC. (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER) DELAWARE 3596 13-3668641 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
IM LANGACHER WILLIAM P. DONNELLY P.O. BOX MT-100 MT INVESTORS INC. CH 8606 GREIFENSEE, SWITZERLAND PARK AVENUE TOWER 011-41-1-944-22-11 65 EAST 55TH STREET, 27TH FLOOR (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND NEW YORK, NY 10022 TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, (212) 644-5900 OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------ Copies to: TIMOTHY E. PETERSON, ESQ. JAMES C. SCOVILLE, ESQ. FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON DEBEVOISE & PLIMPTON 4 CHISWELL STREET 875 THIRD AVENUE LONDON, EC1Y 4UP, ENGLAND NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022 (011-44-171) 972-9600 (212) 909-6000
------------------------ APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement. If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. / / If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / / - ------------------ If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / / - ------------------ If delivery of the Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. /x/ CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
PROPOSED PROPOSED MAXIMUM OFFERING MAXIMUM AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF TITLE OF SECURITIES AMOUNT TO BE PRICE PER OFFERING REGISTRATION TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED(1) SHARE(2) PRICE(1)(2) FEE(2)(3) Common Stock, $.01 par value......... $ $115,000,000 $34,849
(1) Includes shares of Common Stock that may be sold pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment options. (2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457. (3) Previously paid. ------------------------ THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXPLANATORY NOTE The registrant's name is currently MT Investors Inc. However, the name of the registrant will be changed to Mettler-Toledo International Inc. prior to the consummation of the Offerings to which this registration statement relates. For marketing purposes, the preliminary Prospectus contained in this registration statement uses the name Mettler-Toledo International Inc. This registration statement contains three forms of Prospectus: one to be used in connection with a United States and Canadian offering of the registrant's Common Stock (the 'U.S. Prospectus'), one to be used in connection with a concurrent international offering of the Common Stock (the 'International Prospectus' and, together with the U.S. Prospectus, the 'Prospectuses') and one to be used in connection with the solicitation of consents with respect to the merger of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the registrant, with and into the registrant. The International Prospectus will be identical to the U.S. Prospectus except that it will have a different front cover page, underwriting section and back cover page. The U.S. Prospectus is included herein and is followed by the front cover page, underwriting section and back cover page to be used in the International Prospectus. The Merger Prospectus is identical to the U.S. Prospectus except that it will have alternate pages with respect to the following: a front cover page, a new page to replace 'Prospectus Summary-- The Offerings' with 'Prospectus Summary--The Merger,' the first page of 'Risk Factors,' the last page of 'Risk Factors,' 'The Company' pages, the 'Use of Proceeds' page, a new page to replace 'Dilution' with 'The Merger,' the addition of pages regarding 'Solicitation of Consents,' 'Comparison of Shareholder Rights,' 'Description of the Company's Existing Capital Stock,' 'Principal Shareholders' and 'Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger' in replacement of 'Underwriting' and the addition of Appendices. The front cover page, underwriting section and back cover page for the International Prospectus included herein have all been labeled 'Alternate Page for International Prospectus.' The alternate pages for the Merger Prospectus included herein have each been labeled 'Alternate Page for Merger Prospectus.' i INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE. SUBJECT TO COMPLETION PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER 8, 1997 PROSPECTUS [LOGO] SHARES METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK ------------------------ All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by Mettler-Toledo International Inc. ('Mettler-Toledo' or the 'Company'). Of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, shares are being offered for sale initially in the United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters and shares are being offered for sale initially in a concurrent offering outside the United States and Canada by the International Managers. The initial public offering price and the underwriting discount per share will be identical for both Offerings. See 'Underwriting.' Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share. For a discussion relating to factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price, see 'Underwriting.' Application has been made for listing the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 'MTD.' SEE 'RISK FACTORS' BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY. ------------------------ THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. [CAPTION] PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2) Per Share................................... $ $ $ Total(3).................................... $ $ $
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See 'Underwriting.' (2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $ . The Underwriters have agreed to pay certain expenses of the Company incurred in connection with the Offerings estimated at $ . (3) The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers options to purchase up to an additional shares and shares of Common Stock, respectively, in each case exercisable within 30 days after the date hereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such options are exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See 'Underwriting.' ------------------------ The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York on or about , 1997. ------------------------ MERRILL LYNCH & CO. BT ALEX. BROWN CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. ------------------------ The date of this Prospectus is , 1997. [PICTURES OF PRODUCTS WITH THE FOLLOWING CAPTIONS:] No. 1 in weighing instruments and a leader in related measurement technologies. Sales and service operations. Manufacturing sites. Mettler-Toledo. A determining factor in every lab. Analytical/Precision Balances are vital to research & development and quality control in almost any industry. pH Meters are used to measure acidity of solutions. Moisture Analyzers monitor reliability of production in the food and other industries. Automatic Lab Reactors assist chemical engineers in optimizing new production processes. Metal Detectors provide important safety and quality checks in the food and pharmaceutical industries. Thermal Analysis Systems facilitate consistency of material characteristics in the plastics and other industries. Titrators provide accurate measures of concentration in various industries. Retail Scale Systems are networked with scanners, cash registers and backroom equipment and provide perishable goods information to in-store computers. Mettler-Toledo Leading solutions for industrial and retail weighing applications. Integrated Dimensioning and weighing products allow complete and accurate freight tariff calculation for the cargo industry. Checkweighers automatically weigh goods and control the packaging process in the pharmaceutical, food and other industries. Truck Scale Systems are utilized in highway enforcement and also to check incoming goods. Counting Scale Systems facilitate inventory control and automate shipping and receiving applications. Prepacking Systems weigh and label products and can be networked with weighing technology at the counter, check-out and backoffice. Sustained technology leadership. Mettler-Toledo's new Brickstone weighing sensor reduces manufacturing costs as well as the time and expense of design changes. ------------------------ This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. See 'Risk Factors--Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks' and 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.' Certain persons participating in the Offerings may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Common Stock. Such transactions may include stabilizing, the purchase of Common Stock to cover syndicate short positions and the imposition of penalty bids. For a description of these activities, see 'Underwriting.' Mettler-Toledo(Registered), Mettler(Registered), Ingold(Registered), Garvens(Registered), Ohaus(Registered), DigiTol(Registered) and Safeline(Registered) are registered trademarks of the Company and Brickstone(Trademark), Spider(Trademark), Mentor SC(Trademark), MultiRange(Trademark), TRUCKMATE(Trademark), Signature(Trademark) and Powerphase(Trademark) are trademarks of the Company. PROSPECTUS SUMMARY The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, industry data contained herein is derived from publicly available industry trade journals, government reports and other publicly available sources, which the Company has not independently verified but which the Company believes to be reliable, and where such sources are not available, from Company estimates, which the Company believes to be reasonable, but which cannot be independently verified. As used in this Prospectus, '$' refers to U.S. dollars, 'SFr' refers to Swiss francs, 'pounds ' refers to British pounds sterling and 'CDN' refers to Canadian dollars. Unless otherwise stated or where the context otherwise requires, (i) references herein to the 'Company' or 'Mettler-Toledo' refer to Mettler-Toledo International Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and (ii) all information herein gives effect to the Reorganization (as defined below) and assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment options. THE COMPANY GENERAL Mettler-Toledo is a leading global supplier of precision instruments. The Company is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of weighing instruments for use in laboratory, industrial and food retailing applications. In addition, the Company holds one of the top three market positions in several related analytical instruments such as titrators, thermal analysis systems, pH meters, automatic lab reactors and electrodes. Through its recent acquisition (the 'Safeline Acquisition') of Safeline Limited ('Safeline'), the Company is also the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. The Company focuses on high value-added segments of its markets by providing innovative instruments, by integrating these instruments into application-specific solutions for customers, and by facilitating the processing of data gathered by its instruments and the transfer of this data to customers' management information systems. Mettler-Toledo services a worldwide customer base through its own sales and service organization and has a global manufacturing presence in Europe, the United States and Asia. The Company generated pro forma 1996 net sales of $889.6 million (giving effect to the Safeline Acquisition) which were derived 49% in Europe, 40% in North and South America and 11% in Asia and other markets. The Company believes that in 1996 the global market for the Company's products and services was approximately $6.0 billion. Weighing instruments are among the most broadly used measuring devices, and their results are often used as the basis of commercial transactions. Analytical instruments are critical to the research and development and quality control efforts of end-users, while metal detection systems provide important quality and safety checks in production and packaging. The Company's products are used in laboratories as an integral part of research and quality control processes, in industry for various manufacturing processes such as quality control, materials preparation, filling, counting and dimensioning, and in food retailing for preparation, portioning and inventory control. Customers include pharmaceutical, biotechnology, chemicals, cosmetics, food and beverage, metals, electronics, logistics, transportation and food retailing businesses, as well as schools, universities and government standards laboratories. MARKET LEADERSHIP The Company believes that it maintains a leading position in each of its markets. In the weighing instruments market, Mettler-Toledo is the only company to offer products for laboratory, industrial and food retailing applications throughout the world and believes that it holds a market share more than two times greater than that of its nearest competitor. The Company believes that in 1996 it had an approximate 40% market share of the global market for laboratory balances including the largest market share in each of Europe, the United States and Asia (excluding Japan), and the number two position in Japan. In the industrial and food retailing markets, the Company believes it has the largest market share in Europe and the United States. In Asia, Mettler-Toledo has substantial, rapidly growing industrial and food retailing businesses supported by an established manufacturing presence in China. The Company also holds one of the top three global market positions in several analytical instruments such as titrators, thermal analysis systems, electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab 3 reactors. The Company recently enhanced its leading positions in precision instruments through the addition of Safeline's market leading metal detection products, which can be used in conjunction with the Company's checkweighing instruments for important quality and safety checks in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Mettler-Toledo attributes its worldwide market leadership positions to the following competitive strengths: Global Brand and Reputation. The Mettler-Toledo brand name is identified worldwide with accuracy, reliability and innovation. Customers value these characteristics because precision instruments, particularly weighing and analytical instruments, significantly impact customers' product quality, productivity, costs and regulatory compliance. Furthermore, precision instruments generally constitute a small percentage of customers' aggregate expenditures. As a result, the Company believes customers tend to emphasize accuracy, product reliability, technical innovation, service quality, reputation and past experience with a manufacturer's products when making their purchasing decisions for weighing and other precision instruments and experience high switching costs if they attempt to change vendors. A recent independent survey concluded that 'Mettler-Toledo' was one of the three most recognized brand names in the laboratory. The Company's brand name is so well recognized that laboratory balances are often generically referred to as 'Mettlers.' The strength of this brand name has allowed the Company to successfully extend its laboratory product line to include titrators, thermal analysis systems, electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab reactors. Technological Innovation. Mettler-Toledo has a long and successful track record of innovation, as demonstrated by the invention of the single-pan analytical balance in 1945 and the introduction of the first fully electronic precision balance in 1973. The Company has continued to be at the forefront of technology with recent innovations in both weighing and related instrumentation, including its new digital load cell, its ID 20 terminal (the first personal computer interface to be certified by weights and measures regulators), its Brickstone weighing sensor technology, its GOBI moisture determination instrument, a new automatic lab reactor, the Zero Metal-Free Zone metal detector and its new PILAR (Parallel Infrared Laser Array) dimensioning equipment. As with many of the Company's recent innovations, the Company's new Brickstone weighing sensor technology provides greater accuracy, while also significantly reducing manufacturing costs and the time and expense of design changes by reducing from approximately 100 to approximately 50 the number of parts in the sensor. The Company believes it is the global leader in its industry in providing innovative instruments, in integrating its instruments into application-specific solutions for customers, and in facilitating the processing of data gathered by its instruments and the transfer of this data to customers' management information systems. Mettler-Toledo's technological innovation efforts benefit from the Company's manufacturing expertise in sensor technology, precision machining and electronics, as well as its strength in software development. Comprehensive, High Quality Product Range. Mettler-Toledo manufactures a more comprehensive range of weighing instruments than any of its competitors. The Company's broad product line addresses a wide range of weighing applications across and within many industries and regions. Furthermore, the Company's analytical instruments and metal detection systems complement its weighing products, enabling the Company to offer integrated solutions. The Company manufactures its products in its modern manufacturing facilities, most of which are ISO 9001 certified. Mettler-Toledo's broad range of high quality products and the ability to provide integrated solutions allows the Company to leverage its sales and service organization, product development activities and manufacturing and distribution capabilities. Global Sales and Service. The Company has the only global sales and service organization among weighing instruments manufacturers. At June 30, 1997, this organization consisted of approximately 3,000 employees organized into locally-based, customer-focused groups that provide prompt service and support to the Company's customers and distributors in virtually all major markets around the world. The local focus of the Company's sales and service organization enables the Company to provide timely, responsive support to customers worldwide and provides feedback for manufacturing and product development. This global infrastructure also allows the Company to capitalize on growth opportunities in emerging markets. Largest Installed Base. The Company believes that it has the largest installed base of weighing instruments in the world. From this installed base, the Company obtains service contracts which provide a strong, stable source of recurring service revenue. Service revenue represented approximately 17% of net sales in 1996, of which approximately 8% is derived solely from service contracts and repairs with the remainder derived from the sale of spare parts. The Company believes that its installed base of weighing instruments represents a 4 competitive advantage with respect to repeat purchases and purchases of related analytical instruments and metal detection systems, because customers tend to remain with an existing supplier that can provide accurate and reliable products and related services. In addition, switching to a new instrument supplier entails additional costs to the customer for training, spare parts, service and systems integration requirements. Close relationships and frequent contact with its broad customer base also provide the Company with sales leads and new product and application ideas. Geographical, Product and Customer Diversification. The Company's revenue base is diversified by geographic region, product range and customer. The Company's broad range of product offerings is utilized in many different industries, including, among others, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, food processing, food retailing and transportation. The Company supplies customers in over 100 countries, and no one customer accounted for more than 2% of 1996 net sales. The Company's diverse revenue base reduces its exposure to regional or industry-specific economic conditions, and its presence in many different geographic markets, product markets and industries enhances its attractiveness as a supplier to multinational customers. GROWTH STRATEGY Prior to its acquisition on October 15, 1996 (the 'Acquisition') in a transaction sponsored by management and AEA Investors Inc. ('AEA Investors'), Mettler-Toledo operated as a division of Ciba-Geigy AG ('Ciba'). In connection with the Acquisition, Mettler-Toledo began implementing a strategy to enhance its position as global market leader by accelerating new product introductions, capitalizing on market opportunities, focusing on expansion in emerging markets, pursuing selected acquisitions and reengineering its operations in order to reduce its overall cost structure. These initiatives have contributed to an improvement in operating income (gross profit less research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses) before amortization and non- recurring costs ('Adjusted Operating Income') from $26.0 million (6.1% of net sales) for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $33.6 million (8.0% of net sales) for the six months ended June 30, 1997. New Product Introductions. The Company intends to continue to invest in product innovation in order to provide technologically advanced products to its customers for existing and new applications. Over the last three calendar years, the Company invested approximately $170.0 million in research and development and customer engineering, which has resulted in a pipeline of innovative and new products, significant reductions in product costs and reduced time to market for new products. Examples of new product introductions planned for the remainder of 1997 and 1998 include: industrial and retail products that apply open-system architecture, a higher performance titrator, a higher performance modular thermal analysis system and new density and refractometry measurement technology. In addition, the Company is also focused on innovations that reduce manufacturing costs. For example, the Company is extending the utilization of its high-accuracy, low-cost Brickstone weighing sensor technology through much of its weighing instrument product line. The Company attributes a significant portion of its recent margin improvement to its research and development efforts. Capitalize on Market Opportunities. Mettler-Toledo believes it is well positioned to capitalize on potential market opportunities including: (i) the integration of weighing instruments into data management software systems to automate processes and/or improve process control; (ii) the development of integrated solutions that combine weighing instruments and related technologies directly into manufacturing processes; (iii) the harmonization of national weighing standards among countries, particularly in the European Union; and (iv) the standardization of manufacturing and laboratory practices through programs such as ISO 9001, Good Laboratory Practices and Good Manufacturing Practices. The Company believes that these trends, together with the Company's brand name, global presence and the pipeline of planned new products, will allow it to increase its penetration of developed markets such as Europe, the United States and Japan. Further Expansion in Emerging Markets. The Company believes that global recognition of the Mettler-Toledo brand name and the Company's global sales, service and manufacturing capabilities position it to take advantage of continued growth opportunities in emerging markets. These growth opportunities have been driven by economic development and global manufacturers' utilization of additional and more sophisticated weighing instruments as they shift production to these markets. The primary focus to date of the Company's emerging market expansion has been in Asia. In Asia (excluding Japan), the Company is the market leader in laboratory weighing instruments and has substantial and rapidly growing industrial and food retailing businesses. The Company maintains two profitable operations in China: first, a 60% owned joint venture which manufactures and 5 sells industrial and food retailing products and, second, a wholly owned facility which manufactures and distributes laboratory products. Both of these operations serve the domestic and export markets. Recently, the Company has opened direct marketing organizations in Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong, Thailand and Malaysia. The Company is also expanding its sales and service presence in Latin America and other emerging markets. The Company believes that its brand name, its global marketing and manufacturing infrastructure and its already substantial sales in Asia and Latin America position it to take advantage of further growth opportunities in emerging markets. Pursue Selected Acquisition Opportunities. Mettler-Toledo plans to actively pursue additional complementary product lines and distribution channels. In the laboratory market, the Company intends to leverage its existing laboratory distribution system through the acquisition of complementary product lines and the development of integrated laboratory solutions. In the industrial and food retailing markets, the Company plans to pursue the acquisition of related products and technologies that allow for the integration of weighing with other customer operations and information systems. The Company began implementing this strategy through the May 1997 acquisition of Safeline, which had calendar year 1996 revenues of $40.4 million and is the world's leading supplier of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Safeline's metal detection systems enable the Company to offer integrated solutions for quality control and data management to these industries. The Company believes that by taking advantage of its brand name and global sales and service organization it can expand the distribution of acquired product lines and operate acquired businesses more effectively. Reengineering and Cost Reductions. The Company's recent increase in profitability has been achieved in part through: (i) focusing research and development efforts on product cost reductions; (ii) achieving greater flexibility in, and a targeted reduction of, the Company's workforce, including a reduction of approximately 170 personnel in 1996; (iii) consolidating manufacturing facilities, including the closure of the Westerville, Ohio facility; and (iv) moving production to lower-cost manufacturing facilities. The Company has also started implementing a number of additional operational changes such as the restructuring of its ordering process, product delivery and parts inventory management in Europe, the consolidation of worldwide precision balance manufacturing, the realignment of industrial product manufacturing in Europe and the consolidation of the Company's North American laboratory, industrial and food retailing businesses into a single marketing organization. The Company believes that these new initiatives, as well as its continuing efforts to reduce product costs through research and development and the move of production to lower-cost manufacturing facilities, will place the Company in a position to build on its recent improvement in profitability. Furthermore, the Company believes that it can leverage its existing infrastructure, particularly the recent investments made in Asia, to obtain continued sales growth without significant additions to its overall cost base. ACQUISITION AND SAFELINE ACQUISITION Acquisition. On October 15, 1996, the Company acquired the Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba in a transaction sponsored by management and AEA Investors. As of June 30, 1997, 686 of the Company's employees, including executive officers and key management employees, owned shares of Common Stock and held options to purchase approximately additional shares of Common Stock, collectively representing on a fully diluted basis and after giving effect to the Offerings an aggregate ownership interest of approximately %. In addition, at the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved up to shares to be sold in the Offerings to certain employees of the Company and certain other persons. See 'Management' and 'Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.' Safeline Acquisition. On May 30, 1997, the Company acquired Safeline for pounds 61.0 million (approximately $100.0 million at May 30, 1997), subject to post-closing adjustment, plus up to an additional pounds 6.0 million (approximately $10.0 million at May 30, 1997) for a contingent earn-out payment. Safeline, based in Manchester, U.K., is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Safeline's metal detectors can also be used in conjunction with the Company's checkweighing products for important quality and safety checks in these industries. From 1992 to 1996, Safeline's net sales increased at a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 30%, in part due to the introduction of new products such as the first digital electronic and Zero Metal-Free Zone metal detectors. Safeline had net sales and Adjusted Operating Income of $40.4 million and $9.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1996. 6 CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS Credit Agreement Refinancing. In connection with the Offerings, the Company intends to refinance its existing credit facility (the 'Credit Agreement') by entering into a new credit facility (the 'New Credit Agreement') with certain financial institutions. The Company expects that it will have pro forma borrowings under the New Credit Agreement of $401.4 million (representing an increase of $66.8 million) as of June 30, 1997 and borrowings of $41.5 million under various other credit arrangements. Of the borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, $196.2 million will be in the form of a term loan and the remainder will be outstanding under a revolving credit facility. The Company's revolving credit facility commitment will increase from $170.0 million to $420.0 million under the New Credit Agreement, and this commitment includes a $100.0 million acquisition facility. Additional borrowings under the New Credit Agreement will be used, together with the net proceeds from the Offerings, to repurchase the Notes (as defined below) and to pay related premiums and fees and expenses. As a result of the Refinancing (as defined below), the Company expects to realize significantly lower interest expense. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' Note Repurchase. As part of the Refinancing, the Company has commenced a tender offer (the 'Note Repurchase') for all of the 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the 'Notes') of the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Mettler-Toledo, Inc. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. The Company will use net proceeds from the Offerings and additional borrowings under the New Credit Agreement to finance the Note Repurchase. In connection with the Note Repurchase the Company is soliciting consents to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain other provisions from the Indenture governing the Notes. The refinancing of the Credit Agreement and the Note Repurchase are collectively referred to as the 'Refinancing.' See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' In connection with the refinancing of the Credit Agreement and the Note Repurchase, the Company anticipates that it will record an extraordinary loss of approximately $30.0 million representing the premium expected to be paid in connection with the purchase of the Notes and the write-off of related capitalized debt issuance fees resulting from the Refinancing. Reorganization. The name of the Company is currently MT Investors Inc. Mettler-Toledo, Inc. is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. ('Holding') which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Mettler-Toledo, Inc. and Holding are the primary assets of the Company. Concurrently with the Offerings (i) Holding will be merged with and into the Company (the 'Merger'), with the Company being the surviving corporation, (ii) as part of the Merger, the Company will convert each share of its existing Class A, Class B and Class C common stock into shares of Common Stock at the same specified ratio, and (iii) the Company will change its name to Mettler-Toledo International Inc. In the Merger, holders who would receive fractional shares will instead receive a cash payment at the public offering price. These transactions are referred to as the 'Reorganization.' RECENT DEVELOPMENTS The Company recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $3.3 million during the third quarter ended September 30, 1997. The Company expects to recognize an additional restructuring charge of approximately $3.0 million during the fourth quarter ending December 31, 1997 for restructuring activities not initiated until October of this year. Both charges are in connection with the closure of three facilities in North America and are comprised primarily of severance and other related benefits and costs of exiting facilities, including lease termination costs and write-down of existing assets to their expected net realizable value. The Company expects these actions will be completed in 1998 and that the two owned facilities will be sold after that period. In connection with the closure of these facilities, the Company expects to involuntarily terminate approximately 70 employees. The Company is undertaking these actions as part of its reengineering efforts to reduce costs. These actions enable the Company to consolidate certain operations and realize cost savings estimated at approximately $2.5 million on an annual basis. The Company also estimates that it will receive upon the sale of the two owned facilities proceeds in excess of $5.0 million. 7 THE OFFERINGS The offering of shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, in the United States and Canada (the 'U.S. Offering') and the offering of shares of the Common Stock outside the United States and Canada (the 'International Offering') are collectively referred to herein as the 'Offerings.' Common Stock Offered by the Company (1)... shares Common Stock to be Outstanding After the Offerings (1)(2)........................ shares Use of Proceeds........................... The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the Offerings, together with amounts borrowed under the New Credit Agreement, will be used to repurchase the Notes and to pay related premiums and fees and expenses. See 'Use of Proceeds.' Proposed New York Stock Exchange Symbol... 'MTD'
- ------------------------ (1) Excludes shares which are subject to the over-allotment options granted by the Company to the Underwriters in connection with the Offerings. (2) Excludes shares that may be issued upon the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan (the 'Stock Plan'). RISK FACTORS Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock should carefully consider all of the information contained in this Prospectus before making an investment in the Common Stock. In particular, prospective purchasers should carefully consider the factors set forth herein under 'Risk Factors.' These risks include the effect of the Company's substantial indebtedness on operations and liquidity; risks associated with currency fluctuations; risks associated with international operations; risks associated with competition and improvements in technology by competitors; risks due to significant sales to the pharmaceutical and chemicals industries; risks relating to future acquisitions; reliance on key management; risk of liability under environmental laws; potentially adverse effect on stock price due to shares eligible for future sale; dilution; restrictions on payment of dividends; certain anti-takeover provisions in the Company's certificate of incorporation; and the absence of a prior public market for the Common Stock. SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION The summary historical financial information set forth below for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 is derived from the Company's financial statements, which were audited by KPMG Fides Peat, independent auditors. The financial information for all periods prior to October 15, 1996, the date of the Acquisition, is combined financial information of the Mettler-Toledo Group (the 'Predecessor Business'). The summary historical financial information at June 30, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 is derived from the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor Business and of the Company, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the unaudited periods. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 1997. The summary pro forma financial information gives effect to the Acquisition, the Safeline Acquisition, the Offerings and the Refinancing (assuming all of the Notes are repurchased) and does not purport to represent what the Company's results of operations actually would have been if such transactions had occurred as of such dates. The combined historical data of the Predecessor Business and the consolidated historical data of the Company are not comparable in many respects due to the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations' and 'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information' and the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes included herein. The financial information presented below was prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ('U.S. GAAP'). 8
PREDECESSOR BUSINESS ----------- PREDECESSOR BUSINESS METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL SIX MONTHS -------------------------------------------- INC. ENDED JUNE FOR THE -------------------------------- 30, PERIOD FOR THE PERIOD ----------- YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 1 OCTOBER 15 TO 1996 ------------------------------ TO OCTOBER DECEMBER 31, PRO FORMA 1993 1994 1995 14, 1996 1996 (A)(B)(C) 1996 -------- -------- -------- ----------- --------------- -------------- ----------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(F): Net sales................. $728,958 $769,136 $850,415 $ 662,221 $ 186,912 $889,567 $ 423,802 Cost of sales............. 443,534 461,629 508,089 395,239 136,820(b) 523,783 252,203 -------- -------- -------- ----------- --------------- ------- ----------- Gross profit.............. 285,424 307,507 342,326 266,982 50,092 365,784 171,599 Research and development.............. 46,438 47,994 54,542 40,244 9,805 50,608 25,054 Selling, general and administrative........... 209,692 224,978 248,327 186,898 59,353 252,085 120,531 Amortization.............. 2,917 6,437 2,765 2,151 1,065 6,426 1,270 Purchased research and development.............. -- -- -- -- 114,070(c) -- -- Interest expense.......... 15,239 13,307 18,219 13,868 8,738 29,572 8,346 Other charges (income), net(g)................... 14,110 (7,716) (9,331) (1,332) 17,137 14,036 (965) -------- -------- -------- ----------- --------------- ------- ----------- Earnings (loss) before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item... (2,972) 22,507 27,804 25,153 (160,076) 13,057 17,363 Provision for taxes....... 3,041 8,676 8,782 10,055 (938) 7,130 6,830 Minority interest......... 1,140 347 768 637 (92) 593 526 -------- -------- -------- ----------- --------------- ------- ----------- Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item....... (7,153) 13,484 18,254 14,461 (159,046) 5,334 10,007 Extraordinary item-debt extinguishment........... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -------- -------- -------- ----------- --------------- ------- ----------- Net earnings (loss)....... $ (7,153) $ 13,484 $ 18,254 $ 14,461 $(159,046) $ 5,334 $ 10,007 -------- -------- -------- ----------- --------------- ------- ----------- -------- -------- -------- ----------- --------------- ------- ----------- Earnings (loss) per common share(i): Weighted average number of common shares....... Earnings (loss) per common share........... $ $ --------------- ------- --------------- ------- OTHER DATA: Local currency net sales growth(j)................ 7.0% 6.0% 3.3% 5.1% Gross profit before non-recurring costs as a percentage of net sales(k)................. 39.2% 40.0% 40.3% 40.3% 44.0% 41.1% 40.5% Adjusted Operating Income(l)................ $ 29,294 $ 34,535 $ 39,457 $ 39,840 $ 17,912 $ 67,875 $ 26,014 Adjusted Operating Income as a percentage of net sales(l)................. 4.0% 4.5% 4.6% 6.0% 9.6% 7.6% 6.1% Depreciation and amortization expense..... $ 29,591 $ 34,118 $ 33,363 $ 21,663 $ 8,990 $ 34,293 $ 14,212 Capital expenditures...... 25,122 24,916 25,858 16,649 11,928 29,417 10,053 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. --------------------- 1997 1997 PRO FORMA (D)(E) (A)(D)(E) --------- --------- STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(F): Net sales................. $ 417,814 $436,847 Cost of sales............. 237,516(d) 247,878 --------- --------- Gross profit.............. 180,298 188,969 Research and development.............. 22,444 22,719 Selling, general and administrative........... 126,351 127,783 Amortization.............. 2,333 3,213 Purchased research and development.............. 29,959(e) -- Interest expense.......... 19,170 14,411 Other charges (income), net(g)................... 2,191 2,168 --------- --------- Earnings (loss) before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item... (22,150) 18,675 Provision for taxes....... 4,337 7,470 Minority interest......... 248 253 --------- --------- Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item....... (26,735) 10,952 Extraordinary item-debt extinguishment........... 9,552(h) -- --------- --------- Net earnings (loss)....... $ (36,287) $ 10,952 --------- --------- --------- --------- Earnings (loss) per common share(i): Weighted average number of common shares....... Earnings (loss) per common share........... $ $ --------- --------- --------- --------- OTHER DATA: Local currency net sales growth(j)................ 4.7% 5.3% Gross profit before non-recurring costs as a percentage of net sales(k)................. 43.6% 43.3% Adjusted Operating Income(l)................ $ 33,557 $ 38,467 Adjusted Operating Income as a percentage of net sales(l)................. 8.0% 8.8% Depreciation and amortization expense..... $ 14,135 $ 15,249 Capital expenditures...... 8,760 9,011
JUNE 30, 1997 --------------------------- HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(M) ---------- ------------ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Working capital............................................................................ $ 75,810 $ 88,469 Total assets............................................................................... 787,135 777,553 Long-term third-party debt................................................................. 440,605 385,084 Other long-term liabilities(n)............................................................. 93,315 93,315 Shareholders' equity (deficit)............................................................. (31,131) 27,467
- ------------------ (a) Represents the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Company for fiscal year 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, assuming the Acquisition, the Safeline Acquisition, the Offerings and the Refinancing (assuming all of the Notes are repurchased) occurred on January 1, 1996. Certain other one-time charges incurred during 1996 have not been excluded from the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996. These charges consist of certain non-recurring items for (i) advisory fees associated with the reorganization of the Company's structure of approximately $4,800 and (ii) restructuring charges of approximately $12,600. The Company has estimated that the restructurings will result in annual cost savings of approximately $8,300, of which approximately $2,000 was realized in 1996. Such cost savings consist primarily of lower employee salary and benefit costs and fixed manufacturing costs. In addition, at the time of the Acquisition, the Company estimated it would incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses of $1,300 annually as a result of the Acquisition. If adjustments had been made to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year (Footnotes continued on next page) 9 (Footnotes continued from previous page) ended December 31, 1996 to remove these non-recurring charges and to reflect the net unrealized cost savings, Adjusted Operating Income would have been approximately $73,000 and net earnings would have been approximately $19,000. See 'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.' (b) In connection with the Acquisition, the Company allocated $32,194 of the purchase price to revalue certain inventories (principally work-in-progress and finished goods) to fair value (net realizable value). Substantially all such inventories were sold during the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996. The charges associated with this revaluation have been excluded from the pro forma financial information. (c) In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company allocated, based upon independent valuations, $114,070 of the purchase price to purchased research and development in process. This amount was recorded as an expense immediately following the Acquisition. This expense has been excluded from the pro forma financial information. (d) In connection with the Safeline Acquisition, the Company allocated $2,054 of the purchase price to revalue certain inventories (principally work-in-progress and finished goods) to fair value (net realizable value). Substantially all such inventories were sold during the second quarter of 1997. The charges associated with this revaluation have been excluded from the pro forma financial information. (e) In conjunction with the Safeline Acquisition, the Company allocated, based upon independent valuations, $29,959 of the purchase price to purchased research and development in process. This amount was recorded as an expense immediately following the Safeline Acquisition. This expense has been excluded from the pro forma financial information. (f) Income statement information for the year ended December 31, 1992 is not available, except that net sales were $769,000. Approximately 75% of the decrease in net sales in 1993 compared to 1992 resulted from appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Company's other principal trading currencies. (g) Other charges (income), net generally includes interest income, foreign currency transactions (gains) losses, (gains) losses from sales of assets and other charges (income). In 1993, the amount shown includes costs associated with the closure of a manufacturing facility in Cologne, Germany, the restructuring of certain manufacturing operations and an early retirement program in the United States. For the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, the amount shown includes employee severance and other exit costs associated with the closing of the Company's Westerville, Ohio facility. For the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, the amount shown includes employee severance benefits associated with the Company's general headcount reduction programs, in Europe and North America and the realignment of the analytical and precision balance business in Switzerland. See Note 17 to the audited consolidated financial statements (the 'Audited Consolidated Financial Statements') included herein. (h) Represents a one-time charge for the write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees and related expenses associated with the Company's previous credit facility. (i) Historical loss per common share has been computed assuming the number of common shares issued in connection with the Reorganization, including common share equivalents, were outstanding during the periods presented. Pro forma earnings per share for 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 have been computed using the treasury stock method assuming the number of common shares issued in the Reorganization and the Offerings, including common share equivalents, were outstanding during the periods presented. Common share equivalents result from outstanding options to purchase Common Stock. (j) Local currency net sales growth is adjusted for reductions in the systems business. Pro forma local currency net sales growth assumes that the Safeline Acquisition occurred on January 1, 1995. (k) Non-recurring costs represent costs associated with selling inventories revalued to fair value in connection with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition. See Notes (b) and (d) above. (l) Adjusted Operating Income is defined as operating income (gross profits less research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses) before amortization and non-recurring costs. Non-recurring costs which have been excluded are the costs set forth in Note (k) above and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, and in pro forma 1996, advisory fees associated with the reorganization of the Company's structure of approximately $4,800. (m) The pro forma Balance Sheet Data at June 30, 1997 gives effect to the Offerings and the Refinancing (assuming all of the Notes are repurchased) as if they had occurred on such date. (n) Consists primarily of obligations under various pension plans and plans that provide post-retirement medical benefits. See Note 15 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. 10 RISK FACTORS In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, prospective investors should consider carefully the following risk factors before purchasing the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. See '--Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks' and 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.' EFFECT OF SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS ON OPERATIONS AND LIQUIDITY In connection with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition, the Company incurred a significant amount of indebtedness. At June 30, 1997, the Company's consolidated indebtedness (excluding unused commitments) on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Offerings and the Refinancing would have been approximately $442.9 million. The Company will have additional borrowing capacity on a revolving credit basis under the New Credit Agreement and under local working capital facilities for acquisitions and other purposes. The Company is required to make scheduled principal payments on the term loans under the New Credit Agreement. See 'Capitalization' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' The Company's ability to comply with the terms of the New Credit Agreement and its other debt obligations to make cash payments with respect to such obligations and to satisfy its other debt or to refinance any of such obligations will depend on the future performance of the Company, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and certain financial, business and other factors beyond its control. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' The Company's high degree of leverage could have important consequences including but not limited to the following: (i) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing for acquisitions, capital expenditures, working capital or general corporate purposes may be impaired in the future; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on borrowings under the New Credit Agreement and the Company's other indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to the Company for its operations and other purposes, including investments in research and development and capital spending; (iii) certain of the Company's borrowings are and will continue to be at variable rates of interest, which exposes the Company to the risk of increased interest rates; and (iv) the Company may be substantially more leveraged than certain of its competitors, which may place the Company at a relative competitive disadvantage and may make the Company more vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions or its business or changing market conditions and regulations. See 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' The New Credit Agreement will contain and the Company's other debt obligations contain a number of covenants that, among other things, will restrict the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, dispose of certain assets, make capital expenditures and otherwise restrict corporate activities. See 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' The Company's ability to comply with such covenants may be affected by events beyond its control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. A failure to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the New Credit Agreement, the Company's other debt obligations or any agreements with respect to any additional financing could result in an event of default under its debt agreements. RISK OF CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS Swiss franc-denominated expenses represent a much greater percentage of the Company's operating expenses than Swiss franc-denominated sales represent of total net sales. Some of the Company's manufacturing costs in Switzerland relate to products that are sold outside of Switzerland, including many technologically sophisticated products requiring highly skilled personnel. Moreover, a substantial percentage of the Company's research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses are incurred in Switzerland. Appreciation of the Swiss franc against the Company's major trading currencies (i.e., the U.S. dollar, certain major European currencies and the Japanese yen) has a negative impact on the Company's income from operations, whereas depreciation of the Swiss franc has a positive impact. The Company's operations are conducted by subsidiaries in many countries, and the results of operations and the financial position of each of those subsidiaries is reported in the relevant foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable foreign currency exchange rate for inclusion in the Company's 11 consolidated financial statements. As exchange rates between these foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar fluctuate, the translation effect of such fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or financial position as reported in U.S. dollars. However, the effect of these changes on income from operations generally offsets in part the effect on income from operations of changes in the exchange rate between the Swiss franc and other currencies described in the preceding paragraph. RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS The Company does business in numerous countries, including emerging markets in Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe. In addition to currency risks discussed above, the Company's international operations are subject to the risk of new and different legal and regulatory requirements in local jurisdictions, tariffs and trade barriers, potential difficulties in staffing and managing local operations, credit risk of local customers and distributors, potential difficulties in protecting intellectual property, risk of nationalization of private enterprises, potential imposition of restrictions on investments, potentially adverse tax consequences, including imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries, and local economic, political and social conditions, including the possibility of hyper-inflationary conditions, in certain countries. The Company is increasing its presence in China, Latin America and Eastern Europe. As a result, inflationary conditions in these countries could have an increasingly significant effect on the Company's operating results. The conversion into foreign currency of funds earned in local currency through the Company's operations in the People's Republic of China and the repatriation of such funds require certain governmental approvals. Failure to obtain such approvals could result in the Company being unable to convert or repatriate earnings from its Chinese operations, which may become an increasingly important part of the Company's international operations. COMPETITION; IMPROVEMENTS IN TECHNOLOGY The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive. Weighing instruments markets are fragmented both geographically and by application, particularly the industrial and food retailing market. As a result, the Company competes with numerous regional or specialized competitors, many of which are well-established in their respective markets. Some competitors are divisions of larger companies with potentially greater financial and other resources than the Company. The Company has, from time to time, experienced price pressures from competitors in certain product lines and geographic markets. The Company's competitors can be expected to continue to improve the design and performance of their products and to introduce new products with competitive price and performance characteristics. Although the Company believes that it has certain technological and other advantages over its competitors, realizing and maintaining these advantages will require the continued productive investment by the Company in research and development, sales and marketing and customer service and support. There can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient resources to continue to make such investments or that the Company will be successful in maintaining such advantages. SIGNIFICANT SALES TO PHARMACEUTICAL AND CHEMICALS INDUSTRIES The Company's products are used extensively in the pharmaceutical and chemicals industries. Consolidation in these industries has had an adverse impact on the Company's sales in prior years. A prolonged downturn or any additional consolidation in these industries could adversely affect the Company's operating results. RISKS RELATING TO FUTURE ACQUISITIONS The Company may in the future pursue acquisitions of complementary product lines, technologies or businesses. Future acquisitions by the Company may result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, which could materially adversely affect the Company's profitability. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the operations, technologies and products of the acquired companies, the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns and the potential loss of key employees of the acquired company. There are currently no understandings or agreements with respect to any material acquisition, nor can there be any assurances that the Company will be able to identify and successfully complete and integrate potential acquisitions in the future. In the event that any such acquisition 12 does occur, however, there can be no assurance as to the effect thereof on the Company's business or operating results. RELIANCE ON KEY MANAGEMENT Robert F. Spoerry, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, has an employment contract with the Company and the Company is negotiating employment agreements with all other key management employees of the Company. In addition, various members of management own a portion of the shares of Common Stock of the Company and have options to purchase additional shares of such Common Stock. See 'Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.' Nonetheless, there is no assurance that such individuals will remain with the Company. If, for any reason, such key personnel do not continue to be active in the Company's management, operations could be adversely affected. The Company has no key man life insurance policies with respect to any of its senior executives. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS The Company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates, including those relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and the remediation of contamination associated with the use and disposal of hazardous substances. The Company, like many of its competitors, has incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in complying with such laws and regulations in both the United States and abroad. The Company is currently involved in, or has potential liability with respect to, the remediation of past contamination in certain of its presently and formerly owned and leased facilities in both the United States and abroad. In addition, certain of the Company's present and former facilities have or had been in operation for many decades and, over such time, some of these facilities may have used substances or generated and disposed of wastes which are or may be considered hazardous. It is possible that such sites, as well as disposal sites owned by third parties to which the Company has sent wastes, may in the future be identified and become the subject of remediation. Accordingly, although the Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements, it is possible that the Company could become subject to additional environmental liabilities in the future that could result in a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or financial condition. See 'Business--Environmental Matters.' POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON MARKET PRICE DUE TO SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public market or the perception that such sales could occur could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock. Upon completion of the Offerings, the Company will have outstanding shares of Common Stock. All shares of Common Stock will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 'Securities Act'), except to the extent such shares are subject to the agreement with the Underwriters described below and for any such shares which are held by an 'affiliate' of the Company. In connection with the Offerings the Company, the Company's executive officers and directors and all existing shareholders (holding an aggregate of shares of Common Stock upon consummation of the Offerings) have agreed not to dispose of any shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus without the consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ('Merrill Lynch') on behalf of the Underwriters subject to certain exceptions. Upon expiration of the lockup period, all shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, with shares held by 'affiliates' (as such term is defined under the Securities Act) of the Company subject to compliance with the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rules 144 and 145 under the Securities Act. In addition, promptly after the closing of the Offerings, the Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the sale of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance or sale under the Company's Stock Plan. Upon completion of the Offerings, there will be outstanding options to purchase a total of shares of Common Stock. The sale of such shares could have an adverse effect on the Company's ability to raise equity capital in the public markets. See 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale.' 13 DILUTION Investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in the Offerings will incur substantial and immediate dilution of $ per share in the pro forma net tangible book value of the Common Stock from the initial public offering price. These investors will incur additional dilution upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. See 'Dilution.' RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS The New Credit Agreement will restrict, among other things, the ability of the Company to pay dividends. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. See 'Dividend Policy' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS The Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the 'Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation') and amended by-laws (the 'Amended By-laws') will contain certain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will authorize the issuance of preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, the Amended By-laws will contain advance notice procedures for shareholders to nominate candidates for election as directors and for shareholders to submit proposals for consideration at shareholder meetings. The Company has no present plans to issue shares of preferred stock. Under certain circumstances, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law makes it more difficult for an 'interested stockholder' (generally a 15% stockholder) to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. See 'Description of Capital Stock.' ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. Although application has been made for listing the Common Stock on the NYSE, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for the Common Stock will develop or be sustained following the Offerings or that the market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among the Company and the Underwriters based upon several factors and may not be indicative of future market prices. The price at which the Common Stock will trade will depend upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the Company's historical and anticipated operating results and general market and economic conditions, some of which factors are beyond the Company's control. Factors such as quarterly fluctuations in the Company's financial and operating results, announcements by the Company or others and developments affecting the Company, its products, its customers, the markets in which it competes or the industry generally, also could cause the market price of the Common Stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition, the stock market has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. See 'Underwriting.' FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS This Prospectus includes forward-looking statements that reflect the Company's current views with respect to future events and financial performance, including capital expenditures, planned product introductions, research and development expenditures, potential future growth, including potential penetration of developed markets and potential growth opportunities in emerging markets, potential future acquisitions, potential cost savings from planned employee reductions, planned operational changes and research and development efforts, strategic plans and future cash sources and requirements. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those identified in 'Risk Factors,' which could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those anticipated. The words 'believe,' 'expect,' 'anticipate' and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 14 THE COMPANY GENERAL Mettler-Toledo is a leading global supplier of precision instruments. The Company is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of weighing instruments for use in laboratory, industrial and food retailing applications. In addition, the Company holds one of the top three market positions in several related analytical instruments such as titrators, thermal analysis systems, pH meters, automatic lab reactors and electrodes. Through the recent acquisition of Safeline, the Company is also the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. The Company focuses on high value-added segments of its markets by providing innovative instruments, by integrating these instruments into application-specific solutions for customers, and by facilitating the processing of data gathered by its instruments and the transfer of this data to customers' management information systems. Mettler-Toledo services a worldwide customer base through its own sales and service organization and has a global manufacturing presence in Europe, the United States and Asia. The Company generated pro forma 1996 net sales of $889.6 million (giving effect to the Safeline Acquisition) which were derived 49% in Europe, 40% in North and South America and 11% in Asia and other markets. The mailing address of the Company's principal executive offices is Im Langacher, P.O. Box MT-100, CH-8606, Greifensee, Switzerland. Its telephone number is 41-1-944-22-11. ACQUISITION AND SAFELINE ACQUISITION Acquisition. The Company was incorporated in December 1991. It was recapitalized in connection with the October 15, 1996 acquisition of the Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba in a transaction sponsored by management and AEA Investors. The Company paid cash consideration of approximately SFr 505.0 million (approximately $402.0 million at October 15, 1996), including dividends of approximately SFr 109.4 million (approximately $87.1 million at October 15, 1996), paid approximately $185.0 million to settle amounts due to Ciba and its affiliates and incurred expenses in connection with the Acquisition and related financing of approximately $29.0 million. The Company primarily financed the Acquisition with (i) borrowings under a credit agreement in the amount of $307.0 million, (ii) the issuance of $135.0 million of the Notes and (iii) an equity contribution of $190.0 million primarily from AEA Investors, its shareholder-investors and executive officers and other employees of the Company. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company agreed that it would not, in the 18-month period following the closing of the Acquisition, without the prior written consent of Ciba, engage in certain extraordinary dispositions, including certain sales of assets or equity of any company in the Mettler-Toledo Group, mergers or similar business combinations (except certain transactions the aggregate net proceeds of which do not exceed SFr 80.0 million (approximately $64.0 million at October 15, 1996) in a 12-month period). Consummation of the Offerings does not require the consent of Ciba. Safeline Acquisition. On May 30, 1997, the Company acquired Safeline for pounds 61.0 million (approximately $100.0 million at May 30, 1997), subject to post-closing adjustment, plus up to an additional pounds 6.0 million (approximately $10.0 million at May 30, 1997) for a contingent earn-out payment. Safeline, based in Manchester, U.K., is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Safeline's metal detectors can also be used in conjunction with the Company's checkweighing products for important quality and safety checks in these industries. From 1992 to 1996, Safeline's sales net increased at a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 30%, in part due to the introduction of new products such as the first digital electronic and Zero Metal-Free Zone metal detectors. Safeline had net sales and Adjusted Operating Income of $40.4 million and $9.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1996. CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS Credit Agreement Refinancing. In connection with the Offerings, the Company intends to refinance its Credit Agreement by entering into the New Credit Agreement. The Company expects that it will have pro forma borrowings under the New Credit Agreement of $401.4 million (representing an increase of $66.8 million) as of June 30, 1997 and borrowings of $41.5 million under various other credit arrangements. Of the borrowings under 15 the New Credit Agreement, $196.2 million will be in the form of a term loan and the remainder will be outstanding under a revolving credit facility. The Company's revolving credit facility commitment will increase from $170.0 million to $420.0 million under the New Credit Agreement, and this commitment includes a $100.0 million acquisition facility. Additional borrowings under the New Credit Agreement will be used, together with the net proceeds from the Offerings, to repurchase the Notes and to pay related premiums and fees and expenses. As a result of the Refinancing, the Company expects to realize significantly lower interest expense. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' Note Repurchase. As part of the Refinancing, the Company intends to effect the Note Repurchase. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. The Company will use net proceeds from the Offerings and additional borrowings under the New Credit Agreement to finance the Note Repurchase. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' In connection with the refinancing of the Credit Agreement and the Note Repurchase, the Company anticipates that it will record an extraordinary loss of approximately $30.0 million representing the premium expected to be paid in connection with the purchase of the Notes and the write-off of related capitalized debt issuance fees resulting from the Refinancing. Reorganization. The name of the Company is currently MT Investors Inc. Mettler-Toledo, Inc. is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of Holding which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Mettler-Toledo, Inc. and Holding are the primary assets of the Company. Concurrently with the Offerings (i) Holding will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation, (ii) as part of the Merger, the Company will convert each share of its existing Class A, Class B and Class C common stock into shares of Common Stock, and (iii) the Company will change its name to Mettler-Toledo International Inc. In the Merger, holders who would receive fractional shares will instead receive a cash payment at the public offering price. USE OF PROCEEDS The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock in the Offerings after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of the Offerings are estimated to be approximately $ million ($ million if the Underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which represents the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price). The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the Offerings, together with amounts borrowed under the New Credit Agreement, to repurchase the Notes and to pay related premiums and fees and expenses. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. To the extent proceeds are not utilized to repurchase the Notes, the Company will use the proceeds to reduce borrowings under the New Credit Agreement. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 9 3/4% per annum and will mature on October 1, 2006. The Notes were originally issued in order to finance a portion of the Acquisition. DIVIDEND POLICY The Company has never paid any dividends on its Common Stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The current policy of the Company's Board of Directors is to retain earnings to finance the operations and expansion of the Company's business. In addition, the Company's New Credit Agreement will restrict the Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders. Any future determination to pay dividends will depend on the Company's results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' 16 DILUTION The net tangible book value (deficit) of the Company as of June 30, 1997 was approximately $(212.4) million, or per share of Common Stock. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents an amount equal to the Company's total assets (excluding intangible assets) less its total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the Offerings at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price) and the application by the Company of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, the pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of the Company at June 30, 1997 would have been approximately $(153.8) million, or $ per share of Common Stock. See 'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data' and 'Use of Proceeds.' This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to the existing shareholders and an immediate net tangible book value dilution of $ per share to new investors purchasing shares in the Offerings. The following table illustrates this dilution: Assumed initial public offering price per share......................... $ Net tangible book value (deficit) per share at June 30, 1997.......... $ Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors.......................................................... ------- Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after the Offerings............................................................. ------- Dilution per share to new investors..................................... $ ------- -------
The foregoing computations assume no exercise of stock options after June 30, 1997 or the Underwriters' over-allotment options. As of June 30, 1997, there were outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of shares of Common Stock at an average exercise price of approximately $ per share. If all of the foregoing stock options had been exercised at June 30, 1997, the net tangible book value (deficit) per share of Common Stock at such date would have been and the pro forma net tangible book value per share would have been $ , representing an immediate dilution to new investors of $ per share and an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share attributable to the Offerings. If the Underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full, the increase in net tangible book value per share to existing shareholders will be $ per share and the dilution per share to new shareholders will be $ . The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 1997, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing shareholders and new shareholders, adjusted to give effect to the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby and before deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company:
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION AVERAGE -------------------- --------------------- PRICE NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT PER SHARE --------- ------- ---------- ------- --------- Existing shareholders......................... % $ % $ New investors................................. --------- ------- ---------- ------- Total.................................... % $ % --------- ------- ---------- ------- --------- ------- ---------- -------
17 CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth (i) the short-term debt and capitalization of the Company at June 30, 1997 as adjusted for the Reorganization and (ii) the pro forma short-term debt and capitalization of the Company on such date after giving effect to the Refinancing (assuming all of the Notes are repurchased) and the Offerings at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price) and the application by the Company of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See 'Use of Proceeds,' 'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information' and 'Selected Historical Financial Information.'
JUNE 30, 1997 ------------------------ AS ADJUSTED PRO FORMA ----------- --------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Short-term debt, including current maturities of long-term debt (a): Bank and other loans........................................................ $ 9,735 $ 9,735 Short-term portion of term loans under credit agreements.................... 22,659 10,000 The revolving credit facility under credit agreements....................... 38,082 38,082 ----------- --------- Total short-term debt.................................................... $ 70,476 $ 57,817 ----------- --------- ----------- --------- Long-term debt: Revolving credit facility under credit agreements (a)....................... $ -- $167,126 Term loans under credit agreements.......................................... 273,847 186,200 Other long-term debt........................................................ 31,758 31,758 Senior Subordinated Notes................................................... 135,000 -- ----------- --------- Total long-term debt..................................................... 440,605 385,084 Shareholders' equity: (deficit): Common stock, par value $0.01, shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted, and shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis (b)................................................. 25 50 Additional paid-in capital.................................................. 188,384 279,559 Accumulated deficit (c)..................................................... (195,333) (227,935 ) Currency translation adjustments............................................ (24,207) (24,207 ) ----------- --------- Total shareholders' equity (deficit)..................................... (31,131) 27,467 ----------- --------- Total capitalization................................................ $ 409,474 $412,551 ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
- ------------------ (a) At June 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Offerings and the Refinancing, the Company and its subsidiaries would have had total availability of $214,700 (including a $100,000 acquisition facility) under the revolving credit facility of the New Credit Agreement and local working capital facilities. (b) At June 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Reorganization, but does not include shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the Stock Plan. (c) The increase in pro forma accumulated deficit reflects charges of approximately $32,600 to be incurred in connection with the Refinancing, including the refinancing of the existing Credit Agreement and the premiums to be paid to repurchase the Notes in the Note Repurchase, the write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees and a non-recurring charge in connection with the termination of the management services agreement with AEA Investors. See 'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.' 18 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared to give effect to (i) the Acquisition, (ii) the Safeline Acquisition, (iii) the Reorganization and (iv) the Offerings and Refinancing (assuming all of the Notes are repurchased). The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 1997 has been prepared as if (iii) and (iv) were consummated as of that date. The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 give effect to items (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) as if they had occurred at January 1, 1996. Pro forma adjustments are applied to the historical financial statements of the Predecessor Business and the Company to account for the Acquisition and Safeline Acquisition under the purchase method of accounting. Under purchase accounting, the Acquisition and Safeline Acquisition costs were allocated to the Company's assets and liabilities based on their relative fair values. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase prices for the Acquisition and Safeline Acquisition to (i) in-process research and development projects and (ii) the revaluation of inventories. In the case of in-process research and development, the amounts allocated were expensed immediately following the acquisitions. In the case of inventories, the revalued amounts were expensed in periods following the acquisitions as the inventories were sold. These one-time non-cash charges have been excluded from the accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations due to their non-recurring nature and their direct relationship to the Acquisition and Safeline Acquisition. Certain other one-time charges incurred during 1996 have not been excluded from the accompanying unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996. These charges consist of certain non-recurring items for (i) advisory fees associated with the reorganization of the Company's structure of approximately $4.8 million and (ii) restructuring charges of approximately $12.6 million. The Company has estimated that the restructurings will result in annual cost savings of approximately $8.3 million, of which approximately $2.0 million was realized in 1996. Such cost savings consist primarily of lower employee salary and benefit costs and fixed manufacturing costs. In addition, at the time of the Acquisition, the Company estimated it would incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.3 million annually as a result of the Acquisition. If adjustments had been made to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 to remove these non-recurring charges and to reflect the net unrealized cost savings, Adjusted Operating Income would have been approximately $73.0 million and net earnings would have been approximately $19.0 million. The Company has commenced a tender offer for all of the Notes. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. The Company will use net proceeds from the Offerings and amounts borrowed under the New Credit Agreement to finance the Note Repurchase. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared based upon the historical consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor Business and the Company, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, the Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements, 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations' and other financial information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The historical financial information regarding Safeline is unaudited. These unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes are provided for informational purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the results which would have actually been obtained had the acquisitions and other events been completed on the dates indicated or which may be expected to occur in the future. 19 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- METTLER-TOLEDO PREDECESSOR INTERNATIONAL INC. BUSINESS OCTOBER 15, JANUARY 1, 1996 1996 TO SAFELINE PRO FORMA TO DECEMBER 31, ACQUISITION SAFELINE ACQUISITION BEFORE OFFERING OCTOBER 14, 1996 1996 ADJUSTMENTS HISTORICAL(A) ADJUSTMENTS AND REFINANCING ---------------- ------------------ ----------- ------------- ----------- --------------- Net sales..................... $662,221 $ 186,912 $40,434 $ 889,567 Cost of sales................. 395,239 136,820 $ (32,194)(b) 23,918 523,783 -------- ---------- ----------- ------------- ----------- --------------- Gross profit................ 266,982 50,092 32,194 16,516 365,784 Research and development...... 40,244 9,805 559 50,608 Selling, general and administrative.............. 186,898 59,353 786(c) 6,048 253,085 Amortization.................. 2,151 1,065 1,471(d) 1,739(d) 6,426 Purchased research and development................. 114,070 (114,070)(e) -- Interest expense.............. 13,868 8,738 16,109(f) (865)(i) 37,850 Other charges (income), net... (1,332) 17,137 (1,769)(g) 14,036 -------- ---------- ----------- ------------- ----------- --------------- Earnings (loss) before taxes and minority interest..... 25,153 (160,076) 129,667 9,909 (874) 3,779 Provision for taxes........... 10,055 (938) (9,335)(h) 3,480 346(h) 3,608 Minority interest............. 637 (92) 48 593 -------- ---------- ----------- ------------- ----------- --------------- Earnings (loss)............. $ 14,461 $ (159,046) $ 139,002 $ 6,381 $(1,220) $ (422) -------- ---------- ----------- ------------- ----------- --------------- -------- ---------- ----------- ------------- ----------- --------------- Pro forma earnings per common share (n): Weighted average number of common shares........... Earnings per common share................... FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------------------------------ OFFERING AND REFINANCING ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA(M) ------------ ------------ Net sales..................... $889,567 Cost of sales................. 523,783 ------------ ------------ Gross profit................ 365,784 Research and development...... 50,608 Selling, general and administrative.............. $ (1,000)(j) 252,085 Amortization.................. 6,426 Purchased research and development................. Interest expense.............. (8,278)(k) 29,572 Other charges (income), net... 14,036 ------------ ------------ Earnings (loss) before taxes and minority interest..... 9,278 13,057 Provision for taxes........... 3,522(l) 7,130 Minority interest............. 593 ------------ ------------ Earnings (loss)............. $ 5,756 $ 5,334 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Pro forma earnings per common share (n): Weighted average number of common shares........... Earnings per common share................... $ ------------ ------------
20 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- METTLER-TOLEDO SAFELINE PRO FORMA OFFERING AND INTERNATIONAL INC. SAFELINE ACQUISITION BEFORE OFFERING REFINANCING HISTORICAL HISTORICAL (A) ADJUSTMENTS AND REFINANCING ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA(M) ------------------ --------------- ----------- --------------- ------------ ------------ Net sales................... $417,814 $19,033 $ 436,847 $436,847 Cost of sales............... 237,516 12,416 $(2,054)(b) 247,878 247,878 -------- ------- ----------- --------------- ------ ------------ Gross profit.............. 180,298 6,617 2,054 188,969 188,969 Research and development.... 22,444 275 22,719 22,719 Selling, general and administrative............ 126,351 1,932 128,283 $ (500)(j) 127,783 Amortization................ 2,333 880(d) 3,213 3,213 Purchased research and development............... 29,959 (29,959)(e) -- Interest expense............ 19,170 4 (733)(i) 18,441 (4,030)(k) 14,411 Other charges (income), net....................... 2,191 (23) 2,168 2,168 -------- ------- ----------- --------------- ------ ------------ Earnings (loss) before taxes and minority interest................ (22,150) 4,429 31,866 14,145 4,530 18,675 Provision for taxes......... 4,337 1,638 1,012(h) 6,987 483(l) 7,470 Minority interest........... 248 5 253 253 -------- ------- ----------- --------------- ------ ------------ Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item...... $(26,735) $ 2,786 $30,854 $ 6,905 $4,047 $ 10,952 -------- ------- ----------- --------------- ------ ------------ -------- ------- ----------- --------------- ------ ------------ Pro forma earnings per common share (n): Weighted average number of common shares...... Earnings per common share................. $ ------------ ------------
21 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) (a) Represents the unaudited historical results for Safeline for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the period January 1, 1997 to May 29, 1997 as if the Safeline Acquisition occurred on January 1, 1996. (b) For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company allocated $32,194 of the purchase price in connection with the Acquisition to revalue certain inventories (principally work-in-progress and finished goods) to fair value (net realizable value). For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company allocated $2,054 of the Safeline Acquisition purchase price to revalue certain inventories (principally work-in-progress and finished goods) to fair value (net realizable value). Substantially all such inventories revalued in connection with the Acquisition were sold during the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 and substantially all such inventories revalued in connection with the Safeline Acquisition were sold during the second quarter of 1997. Adjustments have been made to exclude such amounts from the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations due to their non-recurring nature and their direct relationship to the Acquisition and Safeline Acquisition. (c) Represents an annual management fee of $1,000 (of which $214 was incurred in the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996) to be paid to AEA Investors for various services provided to the Company. (d) For the year ended December 31, 1996, principally represents adjustments to reflect additional amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets arising from the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, principally represents adjustments to reflect additional amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets arising from the Safeline Acquisition. See Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. (e) In connection with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition, the Company allocated $114,070 and $29,959, respectively, of the respective purchase prices to in-process research and development. Such amounts were expensed immediately following the acquisitions. Adjustments have been made to exclude such amounts from the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations due to their non-recurring nature and their direct relationship to the Acquisition and Safeline Acquisition. (f) Represents the net increase in interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance fees and other fees, of $16,109 in connection with the Acquisition.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 ----------------- Elimination of historical interest expense on refinanced debt.............. $ (22,606) Interest on revolving credit facility...................................... 1,796 Interest on term loans..................................................... 18,759 Interest on Notes.......................................................... 13,163 Amortization of debt issuance fees and other............................... 4,997 ----------------- Net increase............................................................. $ 16,109 ----------------- -----------------
(g) Represents elimination of historical interest income of $4,003 less foreign currency exchange losses incurred in connection with the Acquisition of $5,772. The foreign currency exchange losses have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations due to their non-recurring nature and their direct relationship to the Acquisition. (h) Represents adjustments to the provision for taxes to reflect the Company's estimated effective income tax rate considering the income tax effects of the pre-tax pro forma adjustments, related financing structure changes and other adjustments. (i) Reflects the net changes in interest expense and related capitalized debt issuance fees associated with the Safeline Acquisition and the related refinancing. 22
YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997 ----------------- ---------------- Elimination of interest expense on refinanced Acquisition debt................................................ $ (38,715) $(19,174) Interest on revolving credit facility............................. 1,861 856 Interest on term loan............................................. 19,452 9,317 Interest on Notes................................................. 13,163 6,581 Amortization of debt issuance fees and other...................... 3,374 1,687 ----------------- ---------------- Net change...................................................... $ (865) $ (733) ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
The differences in the net change of interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 can be attributed to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on interest expense related to debt that is denominated in various currencies other than U.S. dollars. (j) Reflects the elimination of the AEA Investors management fee of $1,000 ($500 for the six months ended June 30, 1997) which will be discontinued upon consummation of the Offerings. Additionally, the Company will incur a non-recurring charge of $2,500 in the fourth quarter of 1997 in connection with the termination of the management services agreement with AEA Investors. This one-time charge has been excluded from the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations. (k) Reflects the net changes in interest expense arising from Offerings and the Refinancing. In connection with Offerings and Refinancing, the Company will refinance amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement and repurchase the Notes. The pro forma interest expense is based on the Company's expectation that it will repurchase all of the Notes. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. The Company anticipates that it will record an extraordinary expense for the early extinguishment of debt and the write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees of approximately $30,000 during the fourth quarter of 1997. This extraordinary expense is excluded from the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations.
YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997 ----------------- ---------------- Elimination of pro forma interest expense before Offering and Refinancing................................................. $ (37,850) $(18,441) Interest on revolving credit facility............................. 12,861 6,224 Interest on term loan............................................. 13,604 6,633 Amortization of debt issuance fees and other...................... 3,107 1,554 ----------------- ---------------- Net change...................................................... $ (8,278) $ (4,030) ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
For each 1/8% per annum variance in interest rates for the revolving credit facility and term loan borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, interest expense would change by approximately $343 and $155 for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. The differences in the net change of interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 can be attributed to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on interest expense related to debt that is denominated in various currencies other than U.S. dollars. (l) Adjustment to provision for taxes reflects the Company's estimated effective income tax rate at a stated level of pro forma earnings before tax for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997. (m) Certain one-time charges incurred during 1996 have not been excluded from the accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996. These charges consist of certain non-recurring items for (i) advisory fees associated with the reorganization of the Company's structure of approximately $4,800 and (ii) restructuring charges of approximately $12,600. The 23 Company has estimated that the restructurings will result in annual cost savings of approximately $8,300, of which approximately $2,000 was realized in 1996. Such cost savings consist primarily of lower employee salary and benefit costs and fixed manufacturing costs. In addition, at the time of the Acquisition, the Company estimated it would incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses of $1,300 annually as a result of the Acquisition. If adjustments had been made to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 to remove these non-recurring charges and to reflect the net unrealized cost savings, Adjusted Operating Income would have been approximately $73,000 and net earnings would have been approximately $19,000. (n) Pro forma earnings per common share has been computed assuming the number of common shares issued in connection with the Reorganization and the Offerings, including common stock equivalents, were outstanding during the periods presented. Common share equivalents result from outstanding options to purchase Common Stock. 24 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 ------------------------------------------------------- METTLER-TOLEDO METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. PRO FORMA INTERNATIONAL INC. HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA ------------------ ----------- ------------------ ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents..................................... $ 31,275 $ 31,275 Trade accounts receivable, net................................ 158,577 158,577 Inventories................................................... 109,398 109,398 Deferred taxes................................................ 9,390 9,390 Other current assets.......................................... 19,854 19,854 ------------------ ----------- ------------------ Total current assets....................................... 328,494 328,494 Property, plant and equipment, net.............................. 250,381 250,381 Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net.................... 181,284 181,284 Long-term deferred taxes........................................ 4,324 4,324 Other assets.................................................... 22,652 $ (9,582)(a) 13,070 ------------------ ----------- ------------------ Total assets............................................... $787,135 $ (9,582) $777,553 ------------------ ----------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------- ------------------ LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Trade accounts payable........................................ $ 28,844 $ 28,844 Accrued and other liabilities................................. 121,075 121,075 Taxes payable................................................. 23,683 23,683 Deferred taxes................................................ 8,606 8,606 Bank and other loans.......................................... 70,476 $ (12,659)(b) 57,817 ------------------ ----------- ------------------ Total current liabilities.................................. 252,684 (12,659) 240,025 Long-term debt due to third parties............................. 440,605 (135,000)(b) 385,084 79,479(b) Long-term deferred taxes........................................ 28,133 28,133 Other long-term liabilities..................................... 93,315 93,315 ------------------ ----------- ------------------ Total liabilities.......................................... 814,737 (68,180) 746,557 Minority interest............................................... 3,529 3,529 Shareholders' equity: Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: Class A non-voting, authorized 2,235,896 shares; issued 1,902,779 at June 30, 1997............................... 19 (19)(c) -- Class B voting, authorized 1,000 shares; issued 1,000 at June 30, 1997............................................ 1 (1)(c) -- Class C non-voting, authorized 541,859 shares; issued 538,592 at June 30, 1997................................. 5 (5)(c) -- Common Stock, shares authorized, shares outstanding on a pro forma basis......................... -- 25(c) 50 25(c) Additional paid-in capital.................................... 188,384 91,175(d) 279,559 Accumulated deficit........................................... (195,333) (32,602)(e) (227,935) Currency translation adjustment............................... (24,207) (24,207) ------------------ ----------- ------------------ Total shareholders' equity................................. (31,131) 58,598 27,467 ------------------ ----------- ------------------ Total liabilities and shareholders' equity...................... $787,135 $ (9,582) $777,553 ------------------ ----------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------- ------------------
25 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 (IN THOUSANDS) (a) Represents the net effect of the elimination of unamortized debt issuance fees related to the early retirement of both the Notes and terms loans under the existing Credit Agreement and the capitalization of debt issuance fees in connection with borrowings under the New Credit Agreement. (b) Represents the repayment of the Notes of $135,000 and the Company's net change in borrowings under the New Credit Agreement in connection with the Offerings and Refinancing. (c) Represents adjustments to give effect to the Reorganization. (d) Represents the expected proceeds to be received in connection with the Offerings of $100,000 less underwriting discount and other related fees totaling approximately $8,800. (e) Reflects the extraordinary loss in connection with the refinancing of the Credit Agreement, early repayment premium on the Notes, write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees and a non-recurring charge in connection with the termination of the management services agreement with AEA Investors of approximately $32,600. 26 SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION The selected historical financial information set forth below at December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 is derived from the Company's financial statements, which were audited by KPMG Fides Peat, independent auditors. The financial information for all periods prior to October 15, 1996, the date of the Acquisition, is combined financial information of the Mettler-Toledo Group (the 'Predecessor Business'). The summary historical financial information at June 30, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 is derived from the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor Business and of the Company, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the unaudited periods. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 1997. The combined historical data of the Predecessor Business and the consolidated historical data of the Company are not comparable in many respects due to the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations' below and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included herein. The financial information presented below was prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
PREDECESSOR METTLER-TOLEDO BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL ----------- PREDECESSOR BUSINESS INC. -------------------------------------------- -------------- SIX MONTHS JANUARY 1 OCTOBER 15 ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, TO TO JUNE 30, ------------------------------ OCTOBER 14, DECEMBER 31, ----------- 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1996 -------- -------- -------- ----------- -------------- ----------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(A): Net sales..................................... $728,958 $769,136 $850,415 $ 662,221 $ 186,912 $ 423,802 Cost of sales............................... 443,534 461,629 508,089 395,239 136,820(b) 252,203 -------- -------- -------- ----------- -------------- ----------- Gross profit................................ 285,424 307,507 342,326 266,982 50,092 171,599 Research and development.................... 46,438 47,994 54,542 40,244 9,805 25,054 Selling, general and administrative......... 209,692 224,978 248,327 186,898 59,353 120,531 Amortization................................ 2,917 6,437 2,765 2,151 1,065 1,270 Purchased research and development.......... -- -- -- -- 114,070(c) -- Interest expense............................ 15,239 13,307 18,219 13,868 8,738 8,346 Other charges (income), net(f).............. 14,110 (7,716) (9,331) (1,332) 17,137 (965) -------- -------- -------- ----------- -------------- ----------- Earnings (loss) before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item........... (2,972) 22,507 27,804 25,153 (160,076) 17,363 Provision for taxes......................... 3,041 8,676 8,782 10,055 (938) 6,830 Minority interest........................... 1,140 347 768 637 (92) 526 -------- -------- -------- ----------- -------------- ----------- Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item... (7,153) 13,484 18,254 14,461 (159,046) 10,007 Extraordinary item--debt extinguishment..... -- -- -- -- -- -- -------- -------- -------- ----------- -------------- ----------- Net earnings (loss)......................... $ (7,153) $ 13,484 $ 18,254 $ 14,461 $ (159,046) $ 10,007 -------- -------- -------- ----------- -------------- ----------- -------- -------- -------- ----------- -------------- ----------- Loss per common share(h): Weighted average number of common shares.................................... Loss per common share..................... $ BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD)(A): Cash and cash equivalents................... $ 63,802 $ 41,402 $ 60,696 Working capital............................. 126,065 90,740 83,947 Total assets................................ 683,198 724,094 771,888 Long-term third party debt.................. 862 3,621 373,758 Net borrowing from Ciba and affiliates(i)... 177,651 203,157 -- Other long-term liabilities(j).............. 83,964 84,303 96,810 Shareholders' equity (deficit)(k)........... 228,194 193,254 12,426 OTHER DATA: Local currency net sales growth(l).......... 7.0% 6.0% 5.1% Gross profit before non-recurring costs as a percentage of net sales(m)................ 39.2% 40.0% 40.3% 40.3% 44.0% 40.5% Adjusted Operating Income(n)................ $ 29,294 $ 34,535 $ 39,457 $ 39,840 $ 17,912 $ 26,014 Adjusted Operating Income as a percentage of net sales(n)........................... 4.0% 4.5% 4.6% 6.0% 9.6% 6.1% Depreciation and amortization expense....... $ 29,591 $ 34,118 $ 33,363 $ 21,663 $ 8,990 $ 14,212 Capital expenditures........................ 25,122 24,916 25,858 16,649 11,928 10,053 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. -------------- 1997 -------------- STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(A): Net sales..................................... $417,814 Cost of sales............................... 237,516(d) -------------- Gross profit................................ 180,298 Research and development.................... 22,444 Selling, general and administrative......... 126,351 Amortization................................ 2,333 Purchased research and development.......... 29,959(e) Interest expense............................ 19,170 Other charges (income), net(f).............. 2,191 -------------- Earnings (loss) before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item........... (22,150) Provision for taxes......................... 4,337 Minority interest........................... 248 -------------- Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item... (26,735) Extraordinary item--debt extinguishment..... 9,552(g) -------------- Net earnings (loss)......................... $(36,287) -------------- -------------- Loss per common share(h): Weighted average number of common shares.................................... Loss per common share..................... $ BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD)(A): Cash and cash equivalents................... $ 31,275 Working capital............................. 75,810 Total assets................................ 787,135 Long-term third party debt.................. 440,605 Net borrowing from Ciba and affiliates(i)... -- Other long-term liabilities(j).............. 93,315 Shareholders' equity (deficit)(k)........... (31,131) OTHER DATA: Local currency net sales growth(l).......... 4.7% Gross profit before non-recurring costs as a percentage of net sales(m)................ 43.6% Adjusted Operating Income(n)................ $ 33,557 Adjusted Operating Income as a percentage of net sales(n)........................... 8.0% Depreciation and amortization expense....... $ 14,135 Capital expenditures........................ 8,760
- ------------------ (a) Balance sheet information at December 31, 1992 and 1993 is not available. Income statement information for the year ended December 31, 1992 is not available, except that net sales were $769,000. Approximately 75% of the decrease in (Footnotes continued on next page) 27 (Footnotes continued from previous page) net sales in 1993 compared to 1992 resulted from appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Company's other principal trading currencies. (b) In connection with the Acquisition, the Company allocated $32,194 of the purchase price to revalue certain inventories (principally work-in-progress and finished goods) to fair value (net realizable value). Substantially all such inventories were sold during the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996. (c) In conjunction with the Acquisition the Company allocated, based upon independent valuations, $114,070 of the purchase price to purchased research and development in process. This amount was recorded as an expense immediately following the Acquisition. (d) In connection with the Safeline Acquisition, the Company allocated $2,054 of the purchase price to revalue certain inventories (principally work-in-progress and finished goods) to fair value (net realizable value). Substantially all such inventories were sold during the second quarter of 1997. (e) In conjunction with the Safeline Acquisition, the Company allocated, based upon independent valuations, $29,959 of the purchase price to purchased research and development in process. This amount was recorded as an expense immediately following the Safeline Acquisition. (f) Other charges (income), net generally includes interest income, foreign currency transactions (gains) losses, (gains) losses from sales of assets and other charges (income). In 1993, the amount shown includes costs associated with the closure of a manufacturing facility in Cologne, Germany, the restructuring of certain manufacturing operations and an early retirement program in the United States. For the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, the amount shown includes employee severance and other exit costs associated with the closing of the Company's Westerville, Ohio facility. For the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, the amount shown includes employee severance benefits associated with the Company's general headcount reduction programs, in Europe and North America and the realignment of the analytical and precision balance business in Switzerland. See Note 17 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. (g) Represents a one-time charge for the write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees and related expenses associated with the Company's previous credit facility. (h) Loss per common share has been computed using the treasury stock method assuming the number of common shares issued in the Reorganization, including common share equivalents, were outstanding during the periods presented. Common share equivalents result from outstanding options to purchase Common Stock. (i) Includes notes payable and long-term debt payable to Ciba and affiliates less amounts due from Ciba and affiliates. See Notes 3 and 11 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. (j) Consists primarily of obligations under various pension plans and plans that provide post-retirement medical benefits. See Note 15 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. (k) Shareholders' equity for the Predecessor Business consists of the combined net assets of the Mettler-Toledo Group. (l) Local currency net sales growth is adjusted for the reduction in the systems business. (m) Non-recurring costs represent costs asssociated with selling inventories revalued to fair value in connection with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition. See Notes (b) and (d) above. (n) Adjusted Operating Income is operating income (gross profits less research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses) before amortization and non-recurring costs. Non-recurring costs which have been excluded are the costs set forth in Note (m) above and advisory fees associated with the reorganization of the Company's structure of approximately $4,800. 28 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis of the Company's financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements (the 'Interim Consolidated Financial Statements') included herein. GENERAL The financial statements for periods ended prior to October 15, 1996 reflect the combined operations of the Mettler-Toledo Group, while the financial statements for periods after October 15, 1996 reflect the consolidated operations of the Company after accounting for the Acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. See Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. Operating results subsequent to the Acquisition are not comparable in many respects to the operating results prior to the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition. Financial information is presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company operates a global business, with net sales that are diversified by geographic region, product range and customer. The Company believes that it has achieved its market leadership positions through its continued investment in product development, the maintenance and, in some instances, expansion, of its existing position in established markets and its pursuit of new markets. Net sales in local currency have increased in both the laboratory and industrial and food retailing product lines, increasing by 5% in the first six months of 1997 and by 3% and 5% in 1996 and 1995, respectively. Net sales in U.S. dollars decreased by 1% in the first six months of 1997, as the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Company's major trading currencies reduced U.S. dollar reported sales. Net sales in U.S. dollars were unchanged in 1996 and increased by 11% in 1995. The Company's growth in 1997 has benefited from recent investments to establish distribution and manufacturing infrastructure in certain emerging markets, particularly in Asia. Net sales in Asia and other emerging markets in local currency increased by 28% in the first six months of 1997 over the corresponding period in the prior year. The Company believes that its growth over the next several years will come primarily from the needs of customers in developed markets to continue to automate their research and development and manufacturing processes and from the needs of customers in emerging markets to continue modernizing these same processes through the use of increasingly sophisticated instruments. During the periods presented, the Company increased its gross profit margins before non-recurring costs from 40.0% in 1994 to 43.6% for the first six months of 1997 and increased its Adjusted Operating Income as a percentage of net sales from 4.5% in 1994 to 8.0% for the six months ended June 30, 1997. These increases were achieved despite the Company's continued investments in product development and in its distribution and manufacturing infrastructure. The Company believes that a significant portion of these increases can be attributed to its strategy to reduce costs and reengineer its operations. This strategy has a number of key elements, such as ongoing efforts to direct more of its research and development activities to the reduction of product costs, to re-engineer manufacturing, distribution, sales and administrative processes, and to consolidate operations and re-deploy resources to lower cost facilities. Examples of recent efforts to implement the different elements of this strategy include the introduction of several products in 1997 with significantly reduced manufacturing costs compared to their predecessors, the closure of the Westerville, Ohio manufacturing facility in 1996, completion of a targeted workforce reduction of approximately 170 personnel, and the opening of a new laboratory manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China in 1997 with significant production and research and development capabilities. The Company is currently implementing several additional reengineering and cost reduction projects, including the consolidation of worldwide precision balance manufacturing, the restructuring of its ordering process, product delivery and parts inventory management in Europe, the realignment of industrial product manufacturing in Europe and the consolidation of the Company's North American laboratory, industrial and food retailing businesses into a single marketing organization. On May 30, 1997, the Company acquired Safeline for pounds 61.0 million (approximately $100.0 million at May 30, 1997), subject to post-closing adjustment, plus up to an additional pounds 6.0 million (approximately $10.0 million at May 30, 1997) for a contingent earn-out payment. Safeline, based in Manchester, U.K., is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Safeline's metal 29 detectors can also be used in conjunction with the Company's checkweighing products for important quality and safety checks in these industries. From 1992 to 1996, Safeline's sales increased at a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 30%, in part due to the introduction of new products such as the first digital electronic and Zero Metal-Free Zone metal detectors. Safeline had net sales and Adjusted Operating Income of $40.4 million and $9.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1996. The Safeline Acquisition was financed by pounds 47.3 million (approximately $77.4 million at May 30, 1997) loaned under the Credit Agreement together with the issuance of pounds 13.7 million (approximately $22.4 million at May 30, 1997) of seller loan notes which mature May 30, 1999. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS The Company recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $3.3 million during the third quarter ended September 30, 1997. The Company expects to recognize an additional restructuring charge of approximately $3.0 million during the fourth quarter ending December 31, 1997 for restructuring activities not initiated until October of this year. Both charges are in connection with the closure of three facilities in North America and are comprised primarily of severance and other related benefits and costs of exiting facilities, including lease termination costs and write-down of existing assets to their expected net realized value. The Company expects these actions will be completed in 1998 and that the two owned facilities will be sold after that period. In connection with the closure of these facilities, the Company expects to involuntarily terminate approximately 70 employees. The Company is undertaking these actions as part of its reengineering efforts to reduce costs. These actions enable the Company to consolidate certain operations and realize cost savings estimated at approximately $2.5 million on an annual basis. The Company also estimates that it will receive upon the sale of the two owned facilities proceeds in excess of $5.0 million. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following table sets forth certain items in the statements of operations in U.S. dollars as well as in percentages of net sales for the years ended December 1, 1994 and 1995, for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, pro forma for the year 1996 and actual for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997. The pro forma information gives effect to the Acquisition, the Safeline Acquisition, the Offerings and the Refinancing and does not purport to represent the Company's actual results if such transactions had occurred on the dates specified. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 1997 include Safeline results from May 31, 1997. The pro forma information is presented in order to facilitate management's discussion and analysis. 30
PREDECESSOR METTLER-TOLEDO BUSINESS PREDECESSOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL INC. ----------- ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ FOR THE PERIOD FOR THE PERIOD SIX MONTHS YEAR ENDED JANUARY 1, OCTOBER 15, ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 TO 1996 TO JUNE 30, -------------------- OCTOBER 14, DECEMBER 31, PRO FORMA ----------- 1994 1995 1996 1996(B)(C) 1996(A)(B)(C) 1996 -------- -------- -------------- ------------------ --------------- ----------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Net sales................... $769,136 $850,415 $662,221 $ 186,912 $ 889,567 $ 423,802 Cost of sales............... 461,629 508,089 395,239 136,820 523,783 252,203 -------- -------- -------------- ---------- --------------- ----------- Gross profit................ 307,507 342,326 266,982 50,092 365,784 171,599 Research and development.... 47,994 54,542 40,244 9,805 50,608 25,054 Selling, general and administrative............ 224,978 248,327 186,898 59,353 252,085 120,531 Amortization................ 6,437 2,765 2,151 1,065 6,426 1,270 Purchased research and development............... -- -- -- 114,070 -- Interest expense............ 13,307 18,219 13,868 8,738 29,572 8,346 Other charges (income), net(d).................... (7,716) (9,331) (1,332) 17,137 14,036 (965) -------- -------- -------------- ---------- --------------- ----------- Earnings (loss) before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item.... $ 22,507 $ 27,804 $ 25,153 $ (160,076) $ 13,057 $ 17,363 -------- -------- -------------- ---------- --------------- ----------- -------- -------- -------------- ---------- --------------- ----------- METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. ------------------ 1997(B)(C) ------------------ Net sales................... $417,814 Cost of sales............... 237,516 -------- Gross profit................ 180,298 Research and development.... 22,444 Selling, general and administrative............ 126,351 Amortization................ 2,333 Purchased research and development............... 29,959 Interest expense............ 19,170 Other charges (income), net(d).................... 2,191 -------- Earnings (loss) before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item.... $(22,150) -------- --------
PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PREDECESSOR METTLER-TOLEDO BUSINESS PREDECESSOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL INC. ----------- ------------------------------------- ---------------------------------- FOR THE PERIOD FOR THE PERIOD SIX MONTHS YEAR ENDED JANUARY 1, OCTOBER 15, ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 TO 1996 TO JUNE 30, -------------------- OCTOBER 14, DECEMBER 31, PRO FORMA ----------- 1994 1995 1996 1996(B)(C) 1996(A)(B)(C) 1996 -------- -------- -------------- ------------------ ------------- ----------- Net sales..................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Cost of sales................. 60.0 59.7 59.7 73.2 58.9 59.5 -------- -------- ------- ------- ------------- ----------- Gross profit.................. 40.0 40.3 40.3 26.8 41.1 40.5 Research and development(e)... 6.2 6.4 6.1 5.2 5.7 5.9 Selling, general and administrative.............. 29.3 29.2 28.2 31.8 28.3 28.4 Amortization.................. 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.7 0.3 Purchased research and development................. -- -- -- 61.0 -- -- Interest expense.............. 1.7 2.1 2.1 4.7 3.3 2.0 Other charges (income), net... (1.0) (1.1) (0.2) 9.2 1.6 (0.2) -------- -------- ------- ------- ------------- ----------- Earnings (loss) before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item.......... 2.9% 3.3% 3.8% (85.6%) 1.5% 4.1% -------- -------- ------- ------- ------------- ----------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------------- ----------- METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. ------------------ 1997(B)(C) ------------------ Net sales..................... 100.0% Cost of sales................. 56.8 ------- Gross profit.................. 43.2 Research and development(e)... 5.4 Selling, general and administrative.............. 30.2 Amortization.................. 0.6 Purchased research and development................. 7.2 Interest expense.............. 4.6 Other charges (income), net... 0.5 ------- Earnings (loss) before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item.......... (5.3%) ------- -------
- ------------------ (a) Represents the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Company for 1996, assuming the Acquisition, the Safeline Acquisition, the Offerings and the Refinancing (assuming all of the Notes are repurchased) occurred on January 1, 1996. (b) In connection with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition, the Company allocated $32,194 and $2,054, respectively, of the purchase prices to revalue certain inventories (principally work-in-progress and finished goods) to fair value (net realizable value). Substantially all such inventories revalued in connection with the Acquisition were sold during the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, and substantially all such inventories revalued in connection with the Safeline Acquisition were sold in the second quarter of 1997. The expense related to inventory revalued in connection with the Acquisition has been excluded from the 1996 pro forma information. (c) In conjunction with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition, the Company allocated, based upon independent valuations, $114,070 and $29,959 respectively, of the purchase prices to purchased research and development in process. These amounts were expensed immediately following the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition, respectively. The amount of this expense related to the Acquisition has been excluded from the 1996 pro forma information. (d) Other charges (income), net generally includes interest income, foreign currency transactions (gains) losses, (gains) losses from sales of assets and other charges (income). For the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 the amount shown includes employee severance and other exit costs associated with the closing of its Westerville, Ohio facility. For the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 the amount shown includes employee severance benefits associated with the Company's general headcount reduction programs in Europe and North America, and the realignment of the analytical and precision balance business in Switzerland. See Note 17 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. (e) Total research and development expenses including costs associated with customer-specific engineering projects, which are included in cost of sales for financial reporting purposes, were 7.2% in 1994, 7.3% in 1995, 6.6% in 1996 and 6.6% and 5.7% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively. 31 SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 Net sales were $417.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to $423.8 million for the corresponding period in the prior year, a decrease of 1%. Results were negatively impacted in part by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies. Net sales in local currencies during the six-month period increased 5%. Net sales in local currencies during the six months ended June 30, 1997 in Europe decreased 1% versus the corresponding period in the prior year, principally as a result of weak European economies adversely affecting sales to industrial customers. Net sales in local currencies during the six-month period in the Americas increased 6% principally due to improved market conditions for sales to industrial and food retailing customers. Net sales in local currencies in the six-month period in Asia and other markets increased 28%, primarily as a result of the establishment of additional direct marketing and distribution in the region. The operating results for Safeline (which were included in the Company's results from May 31, 1997) had the effect of increasing the Company's net sales by $3.8 million for the period ended June 30, 1997. Also, Adjusted Operating Income increased by $1.0 million for the period ended June 30, 1997, excluding the impact of purchase accounting adjustments for purchased research and development and the sale of inventories revalued (to fair value). Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 43.2% for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to 40.5% for the corresponding period in the prior year. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased despite a non-cash charge associated with the excess of the fair value over the historic value of inventory acquired in the Safeline Acquisition. Absent such charge, the gross profit percentage for the six-month period would have been 43.6%. This result reflects the benefits of reduced product costs arising from the Company's research and development efforts, ongoing productivity improvements, and the depreciation of the Swiss franc against the Company's other principal trading currencies. Research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 5.4% for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to 5.9% for the corresponding period in the prior year; however, the local currency spending level remained relatively constant period to period. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 30.2% for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to 28.4% for the corresponding period in the prior year. This increase is primarily a result of establishing additional direct marketing and distribution in Asia. In connection with the Safeline Acquisition, approximately $30.0 million of the purchase price was attributed to purchased research and development in process. Such amount was expensed immediately following the Safeline Acquisition. The technological feasibility of the products being developed had not been established as of the date of the Safeline Acquisition. The Company expects that the projects underlying these research and development efforts will be substantially complete over the next two years. The Company spends more than $40.0 million annually on research and development; however, ultimately achieving technological feasibility cannot be assured for these projects or others. Interest expense increased to $19.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to $8.3 million for the corresponding period in the prior year. The increase was principally due to additional acquisition related debt. Other charges of $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to other income of $1.0 million for the corresponding period in the prior year. Such decrease is principally a result of lower interest income and an increase in foreign currency losses. The loss before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary item was $22.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to earnings of $17.4 million for the corresponding period in the prior year. The loss during the six months ended June 30, 1997 includes non-recurring costs of $30.0 million for the allocation of purchase price to in-process research and development projects in connection with the Safeline Acquisition and $2.0 million for the revaluation of inventories to fair value. Excluding these non-recurring costs, earnings before taxes, minority interest, and extraordinary item was $9.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to $17.4 million for the corresponding period in the prior year. Adjusted for these non-recurring costs, Adjusted Operating Income would have been $33.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to $26.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996. 32 The provision for taxes is based upon the Company's projected annual effective tax rate for the related period before non-recurring acquisition adjustments, which are tax effected in the period in which they occur. The increase in effective tax rate from June 30, 1996 to June 30, 1997 is due to additional non-tax deductible goodwill and the Company's projection of future earnings. The extraordinary item--debt extinguishment of $9.6 million represents a one-time charge for the write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees and related expenses associated with the Company's previous credit facility. See 'Liquidity and Capital Resources.' The net loss of $36.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to net earnings of $10.0 million for the corresponding period in the prior year. Excluding the expense for purchased research and development, the revaluation of inventories to fair value and the extraordinary item--debt extinguishment, net earnings would have been $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. Excluding these items, these lower earnings are attributable principally to higher interest expense due to Acquisition related debt. FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1996 TO OCTOBER 14, 1996, THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND PRO FORMA 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 Net sales for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 were $662.2 million and $186.9 million, respectively. Pro forma 1996 net sales were $889.6 million, or $849.1 million excluding Safeline results, compared to actual net sales of $850.4 million in 1995. Net sales in local currency (excluding Safeline) increased 2.6%, excluding the impact of reductions of the systems business, but were offset by a strengthening of the U.S. dollar, the Company's reporting currency, relative to the local currencies of the Company's operations. The flat sales (pro forma excluding Safeline) in 1996 compared to actual 1995 resulted from slightly lower sales from products in the industrial and food retailing markets, offset by strong performance by the product lines in the laboratory market. The growth in the laboratory market was across substantially all product lines and geographical regions as sales in local currency (excluding Safeline) increased 7% compared to the previous year. In particular, new product introductions in titration, thermal and reaction calorimetry as well as new Ohaus products for the education, laboratory and light industrial market helped to increase laboratory market sales. The slight decline in industrial and food retailing sales resulted from overall weakness in the European market where the Company has been able to retain its market share. This market weakness has persisted in early 1997. Net sales (pro forma excluding Safeline) in Europe in local currency decreased 2% in 1996 compared to actual 1995 due to a weaker second half of the year in 1996 in all major markets, and especially in key countries such as Germany, France and the United Kingdom. Net sales (pro forma excluding Safeline) in the Americas in local currency increased by 5% over actual 1995 due to growth in the United States and Latin America and double digit expansion in laboratory measurement instruments other than balances and in related service. Net sales (pro forma excluding Safeline) in Asia and other markets in local currency increased by 8% over actual 1995, primarily as a result of significantly increased sales in the Shanghai operation and strong sales in Japan and Australia. Gross profit for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 was $267.0 million and $50.1 million, respectively. Pro forma 1996 gross profit was $365.8 million or $349.3 million (excluding Safeline results). This compares to $342.3 million in actual 1995. Pro forma gross profit as a percentage of sales increased to 41.1% in 1996 from 40.3% in actual 1995. The increased gross profit margin resulted principally from operational improvements and the depreciation of the Swiss franc against the Company's other principal trading currencies. See 'Effect of Currency on Results of Operations.' Selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 were $227.1 million and $69.2 million, respectively. Pro forma 1996 selling, general and administrative and research and development expenses totaled $302.7 million or $296.1 million excluding Safeline. This compares to $302.9 million in actual 1995. Pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to an aggregate of 34.0% in 1996 from 35.6% in actual 1995. The cost decreases resulted primarily from the currency effect of the depreciation of the Swiss franc 33 against the Company's other major trading currencies and the Company's cost control efforts. These cost decreases were partially offset by non-recurring legal and advisory fees of $4.8 million. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company allocated, based upon independent valuations, $114.1 million of the purchase price to purchased research and development in process. Such amount was expensed immediately following the Acquisition. Interest expense for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 was $13.9 million and $8.7 million, respectively. Pro forma interest expense increased to $29.6 million in 1996 from $18.2 million in actual 1995, principally due to a higher debt level as a result of the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition. Interest expense since the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition is materially different. See 'Liquidity and Capital Resources.' Other charges (income), net for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 of $1.3 million includes interest income of $3.4 million and employee severance of $1.5 million and other exit costs of $0.3 million associated with the closing of its Westerville, Ohio facility. Other charges for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 of $17.1 million principally represent (i) losses on foreign currency transactions of $8.3 million of which $5.7 million were incurred in connection with the Acquisition, (ii) employee severance benefits associated with the Company's general headcount reduction programs in Europe and North America, of $4.6 million which were announced during such period, and (iii) the realignment of the analytical and precision balance business in Switzerland of $6.2 million which was internally announced in December 1996. In connection with such programs the Company reduced its workforce by approximately 170 employees in 1996 and intends to further reduce its workforce by approximately 70 employees in 1997. The Company anticipates that as a result of the foregoing that it will achieve cost savings in the range of $8.3 million. Such cost savings consist primarily of lower employee salary and benefit costs and fixed manufacturing costs. In addition, at the time of the Acquisition, the Company estimated it would incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.3 million annually as a result of the Acquisition. Earnings before taxes and minority interest for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 was $25.2 million. Loss before taxes and minority interest for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 was $160.1 million. This loss includes non-recurring costs of $114.1 million for the allocation of purchase price to in-process research and development projects, $32.2 million for the revaluation of inventories to fair value, $9.9 million of other charges (an additional $1.9 million of other charges was incurred by the Predecessor Business in 1996) and $4.8 million for non-recurring legal and advisory fees. Pro forma earnings before taxes and minority interest would have been $13.1 million in 1996. Pro Forma Adjusted Operating Income would have been $67.9 million in 1996, or $58.0 million (excluding Safeline), compared to $39.5 million in actual 1995. Net earnings for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 were $14.5 million. The net loss for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 was $159.0 million. Pro forma net earnings of $5.3 million in 1996 compared to net earnings of $18.3 million in actual 1995. YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 Net sales were $850.4 million in 1995 compared to $769.1 million in 1994, an increase of 11%. Net sales in local currency increased 5%; the remaining 6% of the increase resulted from changes in currency exchange rates. In 1994 the Company discontinued certain items in its systems and laboratory measurement instruments product lines. Excluding the effect of these discontinued items, net sales in local currency would have increased 6%. Sales growth in local currency reflected steady growth across all major product lines in laboratory, industrial and food retailing markets as result of favorable economic conditions and market share gains in selected geographic markets. Sales were helped by the expansion of the Company's line of titrators and the introduction of a family of standard industrial programmable terminals for weighing instruments. Net sales in Europe in local currency increased 7% in 1995 over 1994, consistent with the continuing recovery from the 1993 recession and market share gains in selected regions and product lines. Southern Europe contributed significantly to the increase. Net sales in the Americas in local currency decreased 1% in 1995 from 1994. Results in the Americas reflect reduced demand in the United States for laboratory instruments in the wake of consolidation in the pharmaceutical and chemical industries and unusually high demand for retail equipment in 1994 as a result of a new labeling law that caused food retailers to buy additional retail weighing and labeling 34 equipment. Net sales in Asia and other markets in local currency increased 23% in 1995 over 1994, primarily as a result of continued economic growth and the Company's increased market share in selected markets. Sales were also helped by the recovery in China from the poor market conditions of 1994. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased slightly to 40.3% in 1995 from 40.0% in 1994. These results were achieved despite the appreciation of the Swiss franc against the Company's other principal trading currencies, which has the effect of increasing overall manufacturing costs due to the Company's significant manufacturing operations in Switzerland. Improved manufacturing productivity contributed to the increase, including the favorable effects of the Company's mid-1994 closure of its Cologne, Germany plant, partially offset by higher raw materials costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses were relatively constant as a percentage of net sales. Cost increases resulting from the currency effect of the significant appreciation of the Swiss franc against the Company's other major trading currencies were offset by the Company's cost control efforts. Adjusted Operating Income for 1995 was $39.5 million in 1995 compared to $34.5 million for 1994. Interest expense rose to $18.2 million in 1995 from $13.3 million in 1994, an increase of 37%, principally due to higher interest rates from the conversion of a loan from Ciba from short term to long term. Interest expense since the Acquisition is materially different. See 'Liquidity and Capital Resources.' Other income, net increased to $9.3 million in 1995 from $7.7 million in 1994. The higher level of other income, net resulted principally from increased gain on foreign currency transactions. Earnings before taxes and minority interest were $27.8 million in 1995 compared to $22.5 million in 1994. Net earnings increased to $18.3 million in 1995 from $13.5 million in 1994. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES The Acquisition was financed principally through capital contributions of $190.0 million before related expenses from the Company, borrowings under the Credit Agreement of $307.0 million and the issuance of 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 of $135.0 million. The Safeline Acquisition was financed by pounds 47.3 million ($77.4 million at May 30, 1997) loaned under the Credit Agreement together with the issuance of pounds 13.7 million ($22.4 million at May 30, 1997) of seller loan notes which mature May 30, 1999. Prior to the Acquisition, the Company's cash and other liquidity was used principally to fund capital expenditures, working capital requirements, debt service and dividends to Ciba. Following the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition, the annual interest expense associated with the borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the Notes, as well as scheduled principal payments of term loans under the Credit Agreement, have significantly increased the Company's liquidity requirements. The Company's capital expenditures totaled $24.9 million in 1994, $25.9 million in 1995, $29.4 million (pro forma) in 1996 and $9.0 million (pro forma) for the six months ended June 30, 1997. Capital expenditures are primarily for machinery, equipment and the purchase and expansion of facilities, including the purchase of land for, and construction of, the Company's Shanghai manufacturing facility. Capital expenditures for 1997, as a percentage of sales, are expected to remain relatively constant with historical expenditures. In connection with the transfer of the Japanese laboratory business from a former agent to a subsidiary of the Company, the Company will make total payments of approximately SFr 8.0 million, of which SFr 1.0 million will be paid during 1997. See 'Business--Customers and Distribution.' The Credit Agreement provides for term loan borrowings in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $133.8 million, SFr 171.5 million and pounds 26.7 million that are scheduled to mature in 2002 and 2004, a Canadian revolver with availability of CDN $26.3 million (approximately CDN $21.0 million of which has been drawn as of June 30, 1997) which is scheduled to mature in 2002, and a multi-currency revolving credit facility with availability of $151.0 million (approximately $23.0 million of which has been drawn as of June 30, 1997), which is scheduled to mature in 2002. The Company had borrowed $334.6 million under the Credit Agreement as of June 30, 1997. Under the Credit Agreement, amounts outstanding under the loans amortize in quarterly installments. In addition, the Credit Agreement obligates the Company to make mandatory prepayments in certain circumstances with the proceeds of asset sales or issuance of capital stock or indebtedness and with certain excess cash flow. The Credit Agreement imposes certain restrictions on the Company and its subsidiaries, 35 including restrictions on the ability to incur indebtedness, make investments, grant liens, sell financial assets and engage in certain other activities. The Company must also comply with certain financial covenants. The Credit Agreement is secured by certain assets of the Company. See 'Description of Certain Indebtedness--The Credit Agreement.' In connection with the Company's refinancing on May 29, 1997 of its previous credit facility, the Company recorded an extraordinary item-debt extinguishment of $9.6 million, representing a one-time charge for the write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees and related expenses associated with the previous credit facility. The Notes will mature in 2006. The Notes may be required to be purchased by the Company upon a Change of Control (as defined) and in certain circumstances with the proceeds of asset sales. The Notes are subordinated to the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement. The Indenture governing the Notes imposes certain restrictions on the Company and its subsidiaries, including restrictions on the ability to incur indebtedness, make investments, grant liens and engage in certain other activities. See 'Description of Certain Indebtedness--Senior Subordinated Notes.' Under the Credit Agreement and the Indenture, Mettler-Toledo, Inc. is prohibited from paying dividends to Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., subject to certain limited exceptions. Mettler-Toledo, Inc.'s obligations under the Credit Agreement and Notes are guaranteed by Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. At June 30, 1997, approximately $133.8 million of the borrowings under the Credit Agreement and all of the borrowings under the Notes were denominated in U.S. dollars. The balance of the borrowings under the Credit Agreement and under local working capital facilities were denominated in certain of the Company's other principal trading currencies. At June 30, 1997, the Company had $242.2 million of other long-term debt incurred by its various operating subsidiaries primarily denominated in various currencies. Changes in exchange rates between the currencies in which the Company generates cash flow and the currencies in which its borrowings are denominated will affect the Company's liquidity. See 'Effect of Currency on Results of Operations.' The Company has commenced a tender offer for all of the Notes. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company or that the terms of the repurchases will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. If all of the Notes are not purchased in the tender offer, the Company may from time to time purchase Notes in open market purchases or otherwise. In connection with the Offerings, the Company intends to refinance the Credit Agreement by entering into the New Credit Agreement. The Company expects that it will have pro forma borrowings under the New Credit Agreement of $401.4 million (representing an increase of $66.8 million) as of June 30, 1997 and borrowings of $41.5 million under various other credit arrangements. Of the borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, $196.2 million will be term loans and the remainder will be outstanding under a revolving credit facility. The Company's revolving credit facility commitment will increase from $170.0 million to $420.0 million under the New Credit Agreement. Increased borrowings under the New Credit Agreement and the net proceeds from the Offerings will be used, together with the net proceeds from the Offerings, to repurchase the Notes and to pay related premiums and fees and expenses. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' The Company's cash provided by operating activities declined from $36.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $10.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 1997. The decline resulted principally from higher interest costs resulting from the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition. At June 30, 1997, net debt was $479.8 million. The Company continues to explore potential acquisitions to expand its product portfolio and improve its distribution capabilities. In connection with any acquisition, the Company may incur additional indebtedness. The Company currently believes that cash flow from operating activities, together with borrowings available under the New Credit Agreement and local working capital facilities, will be sufficient to fund currently anticipated working capital needs and capital spending requirements as well as debt service requirements for at least several years, but there can be no assurance that this will be the case. 36 EFFECT OF CURRENCY ON RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The Company's operations are conducted by subsidiaries in many countries, and the results of operations and the financial position of each of those subsidiaries is reported in the relevant foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable foreign exchange rate for inclusion in the Company's consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the results of operations of such subsidiaries as reported in U.S. dollars can vary significantly as a result of changes in currency exchange rates. Specifically, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus other currencies reduces net sales and earnings as translated into U.S. dollars, whereas a weakening of the U.S. dollar has the opposite effect. Swiss franc-denominated costs represent a much greater percentage of the Company's total expenses than Swiss franc-denominated sales represent of total sales. In general, an appreciation of the Swiss franc versus the Company's other major trading currencies, especially the principal European currencies, has a negative impact on the Company's results of operations and a depreciation of the Swiss franc versus the Company's other major trading currencies, especially the principal European currencies has a positive impact on the Company's results of operations. The effect of these changes generally offsets in part the effect the translation effect on earnings before interest and taxes of changes in exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and other currencies described in the preceding paragraph. TAXES The Company is subject to taxation in many jurisdictions throughout the world. The Company's effective tax rate and tax liability will be affected by a number of factors, such as the amount of taxable income in particular jurisdictions, the tax rates in such jurisdictions, tax treaties between jurisdictions, the extent to which the Company transfers funds between jurisdictions and income is repatriated, and future changes in law. Generally, the tax liability for each legal entity is determined either (i) on a non-consolidated basis or (ii) on a consolidated basis only with other entities incorporated in the same jurisdiction, in either case without regard to the taxable losses of non-consolidated affiliated entities. As a result, the Company may pay income taxes in certain jurisdictions even though the Company on an overall basis incurs a net loss for the period. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS The Company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company, like many of its competitors, has incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in complying with such laws and regulations in both the United States and abroad. The Company does not currently anticipate any material capital expenditures for environmental control technology. Some risk of environmental liability is inherent in the Company's business, and there can be no assurance that material environmental costs will not arise in the future. However, the Company does not anticipate any material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition as a result of future costs of environmental compliance. INFLATION Inflation can affect the costs of goods and services used by the Company. The competitive environment in which the Company operates limits somewhat the Company's ability to recover higher costs through increased selling prices. Moreover, there may be differences in inflation rates between countries in which the Company incurs the major portion of its costs and other countries in which the Company sells its products, which may limit the Company's ability to recover increased costs, if not offset by future increase of selling prices. The Company's growth strategy includes expansion in China, Latin America and Eastern Europe, which have experienced inflationary conditions. To date, inflationary conditions have not had a material effect on the Company's operating results. However, as the Company's presence in China, Latin America and Eastern Europe increases, these inflationary conditions could have a greater impact on the Company's operating results. 37 SEASONALITY The Company's business has historically experienced a slight amount of seasonal variation, with sales in the first fiscal quarter slightly lower than, and sales in the fourth fiscal quarter slightly higher than, sales in the second and third fiscal quarters. This trend has a somewhat greater effect on income from operations than on net sales due to the effect of fixed costs. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISKS Prior to 1997, the Company entered into currency forward and option contracts primarily as a hedge against anticipated foreign currency exposures and not for speculative purposes. Such contracts, which are types of financial derivatives, limit the Company's exposure to both favorable and unfavorable currency fluctuations. These contracts are adjusted to reflect market values as of each balance sheet date, with the resulting unrealized gains and losses being recognized in financial income or expense, as appropriate. At August 31, 1997, all remaining derivative instruments met the requirements of hedge accounting. During 1997, the Company has entered into certain interest rate swap and cap agreements. See Note 2 to the unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS Beginning January 1, 1996 the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 (SFAS 121), 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.' SFAS 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In addition, SFAS 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be disposed of be reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Adoption of SFAS 121 had no effect on the Company's financial statements. In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 ('SFAS 128'), 'Earnings per Share.' The Company does not expect SFAS 128 to have a material effect on its earnings per share. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS This Prospectus includes forward-looking statements that reflect the Company's current views with respect to future events and financial performance, including capital expenditures, planned product introductions, research and development expenditures, potential future growth, including potential penetration of developed markets and potential growth opportunities in emerging markets, potential future acquisitions, potential cost savings from planned employee reductions, planned operational changes and research and development efforts, strategic plans and future cash sources and requirements. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those identified in 'Risk Factors,' which could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those anticipated. The words 'believe,' 'expect,' 'anticipate' and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. INDUSTRY GENERAL The Company believes that in 1996 the global market for the Company's products and services was approximately $6.0 billion. Weighing instruments are among the most broadly used measuring devices, and their results are often used as the basis of commercial transactions. Analytical instruments are critical to the research and development and quality control efforts of end-users, while metal detection systems provide important quality and safety checks for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. The Company's products are used in laboratories as an integral part of 38 the research and quality control processes, in industry for various manufacturing processes such as quality control, materials preparation, filling, counting and dimensioning, and in food retailing for preparation, portioning and inventory control. Customers include pharmaceutical, biotechnology, chemicals, cosmetics, food and beverage, metals, electronics, logistics, transportation and food retailing businesses, as well as schools, universities and government standards laboratories. The Company does not manufacture or sell household weighing products, bulkweigh fillers or continuous weighing products, and those markets are not discussed herein. Weighing instruments often comprise a relatively small component of a customer's aggregate expenditures but perform important functions in quality control, process control and research and can improve productivity. As a result, the Company believes customers tend to emphasize accuracy, product reliability, technical innovation, service quality, reputation and past experience with a manufacturer's products when making their purchasing decisions for weighing and other precision instruments. Weighing equipment manufacturers also provide a significant amount of service and support to their customers, including repair, calibration, certification and preventive maintenance, which generate recurring revenues. The Company believes that customers often continue to purchase from their existing vendor due to the additional costs for training, spare parts, service and systems integration associated with switching to or adding other brands of weighing equipment to their operations. The market for weighing instruments, particularly those used in industrial and food retailing applications, has traditionally been fragmented both geographically and by type of application. Many manufacturers have a strong market position in their home countries but a much smaller presence in other markets. Similarly, manufacturers have tended to be focused on a particular application or group of applications. The Company believes that the developed markets (Europe, North America and Japan) that it serves have recently experienced modest growth rates in demand for weighing instruments. Laboratory market growth has been influenced by demand in the principal end-user industries and customer replacement of older products with new products designed to be integrated into an automated laboratory environment. In the industrial and food retailing market, growth has been driven by the increasing use of weighing applications in the control and regulation of manufacturing and logistics processes, customers' needs to upgrade to network-ready weighing equipment, and general growth in end-user industries. Emerging markets, such as Asia (excluding Japan), have experienced higher growth rates than the overall market. Growth in these markets has come from the establishment and growth of industries requiring additional and more sophisticated weighing instruments and systems. End-users of laboratory analytical instruments require exceptionally high levels of performance and reliability due to the application of these instruments in critical steps of research and development and quality control. In addition, analytical instruments in most cases constitute a small percentage of customers' aggregate expenditures, are material to customers' development efforts and can have a significant impact on users' overall productivity. As a result, the Company believes reputation, technical leadership, service and proven results are critical to end-user decisions to choose an equipment supplier. In many cases, once a manufacturer's equipment is adopted in the laboratory and test methods are established using a particular instrument, the costs and/or risks of switching to a different manufacturer of instruments can be high. Customers are therefore reluctant to switch suppliers and are more likely to buy replacement products from the manufacturer of the initial system, which leads to stable customer relationships and a potential recurring revenue stream for the vendor. The Company believes that there are significant potential growth opportunities in its analytical instruments markets, including: growth in end-use markets such as pharmaceuticals, food and beverage, consumer products, environmental testing and chemicals; increased research and development spending in major customer segments such as the pharmaceutical and biotech industries; and increased customer emphasis on productivity and automation. The end-users of metal detection equipment are typically companies in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries that must ensure that their products are free from contamination by metal particles. Selling product that is contaminated by metal can have severe consequences for these companies, resulting in potential litigation and product recalls. Consequently, the Company believes that purchasers of metal detectors value accuracy and stability of their detectors. The Company believes that there is also a high degree of brand loyalty from customers, as switching brands requires retraining line operators in the use of new equipment and altering quality assurance and calibration routines. The Company believes these characteristics lead to a high level of recurring and follow-on revenues from existing customers. The Company believes that in developed markets, demand for metal detectors is experiencing substantial growth as a result of both increasing consumer and regulatory focus on product safety. Furthermore, the Company believes exports of food products to 39 industrialized nations from lesser developed countries will contribute to rapid growth in demand for metal detectors in emerging markets. INDUSTRY TRENDS Over the last five years, the markets for the Company's precision instruments have experienced increasing customer demand for products with sophisticated data handling and storage capabilities that can be integrated into management information systems. In the laboratory market, weighing and analytical instruments are now capable of storing a large number of results, performing statistical analyses and transmitting results to computers and laboratory information management systems. Laboratory customers have also demanded instruments that improve research productivity by adding automation. For example, titrators have been increasingly paired with auto-samplers, which allow a technician to set up dozens of samples for testing automatically. The industrial and food retailing market has experienced a similar trend, as small groceries are replaced by supermarkets and hypermarkets. Retail counter-top scales (for the weighing of perishable goods) now include database and network functions. This enables the scale to download price information from the store's master price database and provide information on sales by article, which can be integrated into the store's inventory control system. The store's master ordering system is then able to calculate shrinkage and store inventory levels based on the weight of goods processed and automatically reorder perishable goods via electronic data interchange when inventory levels reach a pre-set reorder point. In manufacturing, weighing instruments also have become integrated into manufacturing plants' information systems as the primary means for the tracking and control of inventory. As they have become more integrated into the manufacturing process, weighing instruments also have been combined with dimensioning equipment as well as with multiple input/output devices: bar-code readers, printers and data-storage devices. Similarly, metal detection systems can be integrated with checkweighers to provide important safety and quality checks of consumer products and are linked to customers' management information systems to provide key process control data. Another trend in the weighing instruments market is regional and global harmonization of weighing and measurement standards. Weights and measures were historically regulated at the national level. As a result, products had to meet numerous different national regulatory requirements. More recently, certain European national requirements have been harmonized by the European Union, and many other national requirements have been harmonized by the Organisation Internationale de Metrologie Legale, which sets international weights and measures standards. Harmonization has facilitated the ability of multinational weighing instrument manufacturers to manufacture products that meet all relevant regulatory requirements and the development of broader-based markets for their product lines. In recent years, some governments have begun to privatize the inspection of weighing instruments used in commercial transactions. ISO-certified manufacturers of weighing instruments, such as Mettler-Toledo, whose after-sales service technicians already perform similar services for customers, are well situated to take over the inspection process from governments wishing to privatize this function. As laboratory and manufacturing requirements and standards become more widely adopted, the accuracy of weighing instruments, analytical instruments and metal detection systems and the ability to certify the accuracy of results become increasingly important to purchasers. For example, ISO 9001 standards and Good Laboratory Practices and Good Manufacturing Practices, which are voluntarily adopted by participating companies, require the development of compliance procedures that must be adhered to throughout the relevant laboratory or production process. These procedures include periodic calibration and certification of measurement instruments. Certified instruments must be utilized throughout the process, and each step in the process must be accurately recorded in accordance with specified procedures so that results can be accurately traced and reproduced. An example of this trend is the increasing adoption of ISO 9001 quality guidelines by food processors, which require all production processes to be properly monitored for contamination by metal and other foreign substances. 40 BUSINESS GENERAL Mettler-Toledo is a leading global supplier of precision instruments. The Company is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of weighing instruments for use in laboratory, industrial and food retailing applications. In addition, the Company holds one of the top three market positions in several related analytical instruments such as titrators, thermal analysis systems, pH meters, automatic lab reactors and electrodes. Through its recent acquisition of Safeline, the Company is also the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. The Company focuses on high value-added segments of its markets by providing innovative instruments, by integrating these instruments into application-specific solutions for customers, and by facilitating the processing of data gathered by its instruments and the transfer of this data to customers' management information systems. Mettler-Toledo services a worldwide customer base through its own sales and service organization and has a global manufacturing presence in Europe, the United States and Asia. The Company generated pro forma 1996 net sales of $889.6 million (giving effect to the Safeline Acquisition) which were derived 49% in Europe, 40% in North and South America and 11% in Asia and other markets. HISTORY The Company traces its roots to the invention of the single-pan analytical balance by Dr. Erhard Mettler and the formation of Mettler Instruments AG ('Mettler') in 1945. During the 1970s and 1980s, Mettler expanded from laboratory balances into industrial and food retailing products, and it introduced the first fully electronic precision balance in 1973. The Toledo Scale Company ('Toledo Scale') was founded in 1901 and developed a leading market position in the industrial weighing market in the United States. During the 1970s, Toledo Scale expanded into the food retailing market. Following the 1989 acquisition of Toledo Scale by Mettler, the name of the Company was changed to Mettler-Toledo to reflect the combined strengths of the two companies and to capitalize on their historic reputations for quality and innovation. During the past 15 years, the Company has grown through other acquisitions that complemented the Company's existing geographic markets and products. In 1986, Mettler acquired the Ingold Group of companies, manufacturers of electrodes, and Garvens Kontrollwaagen AG, a maker of dynamic checkweighers. Toledo Scale acquired Hi-Speed Checkweigher Co., in 1981. In 1990, the Company acquired Ohaus Corporation, a manufacturer of laboratory balances. The Company was incorporated in December 1991, and was recapitalized in connection with the October 15, 1996 acquisition of the Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba in a transaction sponsored by management and AEA Investors. See Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for further information with respect to the Acquisition. On May 30, 1997, the Company purchased Safeline, the world's leading supplier of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. MARKET LEADERSHIP The Company believes that it maintains a leading position in each of its markets. In the weighing instruments market, Mettler-Toledo is the only company to offer products for laboratory, industrial and food retailing applications throughout the world and believes that it holds a market share more than two times greater than that of its nearest competitor. The Company believes that in 1996 it had an approximate 40% market share of the global market for laboratory balances including the largest market share in each of Europe, the United States and Asia (excluding Japan), and the number two position in Japan. In the industrial and food retailing markets, the Company believes it has the largest market share in Europe and the United States. In Asia, Mettler-Toledo has substantial, rapidly growing industrial and food retailing businesses supported by an established manufacturing presence in China. The Company also holds one of the top three global market positions in several analytical instruments such as titrators, thermal analysis systems, electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab reactors. The Company recently enhanced its leading positions in precision instruments through the addition of Safeline's market leading metal detection products, which can be used in conjunction with the Company's checkweighing instruments for important quality and safety checks in the food processing, pharmaceutical, 41 cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Mettler-Toledo attributes its worldwide market leadership positions to the following competitive strengths: Global Brand and Reputation. The Mettler-Toledo brand name is identified worldwide with accuracy, reliability and innovation. Customers value these characteristics because precision instruments, particularly weighing and analytical instruments, significantly impact customers' product quality, productivity, costs and regulatory compliance. Furthermore, precision instruments generally constitute a small percentage of customers' aggregate expenditures. As a result, the Company believes customers tend to emphasize accuracy, product reliability, technical innovation, service quality, reputation and past experience with a manufacturer's products when making their purchasing decisions for weighing and other precision instruments and experience high switching costs if they attempt to change vendors. A recent independent survey concluded that 'Mettler-Toledo' was one of the three most recognized brand names in the laboratory. The Company's brand name is so well recognized that laboratory balances are often generically referred to as 'Mettlers.' The strength of this brand name has allowed the Company to successfully extend its laboratory product line to include titrators, thermal analysis systems, electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab reactors. Technological Innovation. Mettler-Toledo has a long and successful track record of innovation, as demonstrated by the invention of the single-pan analytical balance in 1945 and the introduction of the first fully electronic precision balance in 1973. The Company has continued to be at the forefront of technology with recent innovations in both weighing and related instrumentation, including its new digital load cell, its ID 20 terminal (the first personal computer interface to be certified by weights and measures regulators), its Brickstone weighing sensor technology, its GOBI moisture determination instrument, a new automatic lab reactor, the Zero Metal-Free Zone metal detector and its new PILAR (Parallel Infrared Laser Array) dimensioning equipment. As with many of the Company's recent innovations, the Company's new Brickstone weighing sensor technology provides greater accuracy while also significantly reducing manufacturing costs and the time and expense of design changes by reducing from approximately 100 to approximately 50 the number of parts in the sensor. The Company believes it is the global leader in its industry in providing innovative instruments, in integrating its instruments into application-specific solutions for customers, and in facilitating the processing of data gathered by its instruments and the transfer of this data to customers' management information systems. Mettler-Toledo's technological innovation efforts benefit from the Company's manufacturing expertise in sensor technology, precision machining and electronics, as well as its strength in software development. Comprehensive, High Quality Product Range. Mettler-Toledo manufactures a more comprehensive range of weighing instruments than any of its competitors. The Company's broad product line addresses a wide range of weighing applications across and within many industries and regions. Furthermore, the Company's analytical instruments and metal detection systems complement its weighing products, enabling the Company to offer integrated solutions. The Company manufactures its products in its modern manufacturing facilities, most of which are ISO 9001 certified. Mettler-Toledo's broad range of high quality products and the ability to provide integrated solutions allows the Company to leverage its sales and service organization, product development activities and manufacturing and distribution capabilities. Global Sales and Service. The Company has the only global sales and service organization among weighing instruments manufacturers. At June 30, 1997, this organization consisted of approximately 3,000 employees organized into locally-based, customer-focused groups that provide prompt service and support to the Company's customers and distributors in virtually all major markets around the world. The local focus of the Company's sales and service organization enables the Company to provide timely, responsive support to customers worldwide and provides feedback for manufacturing and product development. This global infrastructure also allows the Company to capitalize on growth opportunities in emerging markets. Largest Installed Base. The Company believes that it has the largest installed base of weighing instruments in the world. From this installed base, the Company obtains service contracts which provide a strong, stable source of recurring service revenue. Service revenue represented approximately 17% of net sales in 1996, of which approximately 8% is derived from service contracts and repairs with the remainder derived from the sale of spare parts. The Company believes that its installed base of weighing instruments represents a competitive advantage with respect to repeat purchases and purchases of related analytical instruments and metal detection systems, because customers tend to remain with an existing supplier that can provide accurate and reliable products and related services. In addition, switching to a new instrument supplier entails additional costs to the 42 customer for training, spare parts, service and systems integration requirements. Close relationships and frequent contact with its broad customer base also provide the Company with sales leads and new product and application ideas. Geographical, Product and Customer Diversification. The Company's revenue base is diversified by geographic region, product range and customer. The Company's broad range of product offerings is utilized in many different industries, including, among others, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, food processing, food retailing and transportation. The Company supplies customers in over 100 countries, and no one customer accounted for more than 2% of 1996 net sales. The Company's diverse revenue base reduces its exposure to regional or industry-specific economic conditions, and its presence in many different geographic markets, product markets and industries enhances its attractiveness as a supplier to multinational customers. GROWTH STRATEGY Prior to its acquisition on October 15, 1996 in a transaction sponsored by management and AEA Investors, Mettler-Toledo operated as a division of Ciba. In connection with the Acquisition, Mettler-Toledo began implementing a strategy to enhance its position as global market leader by accelerating new product introductions, capitalizing on market opportunities, focusing on expansion in emerging markets, pursuing selected acquisitions and reengineering its operations in order to reduce its overall cost structure. These initiatives have contributed to an improvement in Adjusted Operating Income from $26.0 million (6.1% of net sales) for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $33.6 million (8.0% of net sales) for the six months ended June 30, 1997. New Product Introductions. The Company intends to continue to invest in product innovation in order to provide technologically advanced products to its customers for existing and new applications. Over the last three calendar years, the Company invested approximately $170.0 million in research and development and customer engineering, which has resulted in a pipeline of innovative and new products, significant reductions in product costs and reduced time to market for new products. Examples of new product introductions planned for the remainder of 1997 and 1998 include: industrial and retail products that apply open-system architecture, a higher performance titrator, a higher performance modular thermal analysis system and new density and refractometry measurement technology. In addition, the Company is also focused on innovations that reduce manufacturing costs. For example, the Company is extending the utilization of its high-accuracy, low-cost Brickstone weighing sensor technology through much of its weighing instrument product line. The Company attributes a significant portion of its recent margin improvement to its research and development efforts. Capitalize on Market Opportunities. Mettler-Toledo believes it is well positioned to capitalize on potential market opportunities including: (i) the integration of weighing instruments into data management software systems to automate processes and/or improve process control; (ii) the development of integrated solutions that combine weighing instruments and related technologies directly into manufacturing processes; (iii) the harmonization of national weighing standards among countries, particularly in the European Union; and (iv) the standardization of manufacturing and laboratory practices through programs such as ISO 9001, Good Laboratory Practices and Good Manufacturing Practices. The Company believes that these trends, together with the Company's brand name, global presence and the pipeline of planned new products, will allow it to increase its penetration of developed markets such as Europe, the United States and Japan. Further Expansion in Emerging Markets. The Company believes that global recognition of the Mettler-Toledo brand name and the Company's global sales, service and manufacturing capabilities position it to take advantage of continued growth opportunities in emerging markets. These growth opportunities have been driven by economic development and global manufacturers' utilization of additional and more sophisticated weighing instruments as they shift production to these markets. The primary focus to date of the Company's emerging market expansion has been in Asia. In Asia (excluding Japan), the Company is the market leader in laboratory weighing instruments and has substantial and rapidly growing industrial and food retailing businesses. The Company maintains two profitable operations in China: first, a 60% owned joint venture which manufactures and sells industrial and food retailing products and, second, a wholly owned facility which manufactures and distributes laboratory products. Both of these operations serve the domestic and export markets. Recently, the Company has opened direct marketing organizations in Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong, Thailand and Malaysia. The Company is also expanding its sales and service presence in Latin America and other emerging markets. The Company believes that its brand name, its global marketing and manufacturing infrastructure and its already 43 substantial sales in Asia and Latin America position it to take advantage of further growth opportunities in emerging markets. Pursue Selected Acquisition Opportunities. Mettler-Toledo plans to actively pursue additional complementary product lines and distribution channels. In the laboratory market, the Company intends to leverage its existing laboratory distribution system through the acquisition of complementary product lines and the development of integrated laboratory solutions. In the industrial and food retailing markets, the Company plans to pursue the acquisition of related products and technologies that allow for the integration of weighing with other customer operations and information systems. The Company began implementing this strategy through the May 1997 acquisition of Safeline, which had calendar year 1996 revenues of $40.4 million and is the world's leading supplier of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Safeline's metal detection systems enable the Company to offer integrated solutions for quality control and data management to these industries. The Company believes that by taking advantage of its brand name and global sales and service organization it can expand the distribution of acquired product lines and operate acquired businesses more effectively. Reengineering and Cost Reductions. The Company's recent increase in profitability has been achieved in part through: (i) focusing research and development efforts on product cost reductions; (ii) achieving greater flexibility in, and a targeted reduction of, the Company's workforce, including a reduction of approximately 170 personnel in 1996; (iii) consolidating manufacturing facilities, including the closure of the Westerville, Ohio facility; and (iv) moving production to lower-cost manufacturing facilities. The Company has also started implementing a number of additional operational changes such as the restructuring of its ordering process, product delivery and parts inventory management in Europe, the consolidation of worldwide precision balance manufacturing, the realignment of industrial product manufacturing in Europe and the consolidation of the Company's North American laboratory, industrial and food retailing businesses into a single marketing organization. The Company believes that these new initiatives, as well as its continuing efforts to reduce product costs through research and development and the move of production to lower-cost manufacturing facilities, will place the Company in a position to build on its recent improvement in profitability. Furthermore, the Company believes that it can leverage its existing infrastructure, particularly the recent investments made in Asia, to obtain continued sales growth without significant additions to its overall cost base. PRODUCTS Laboratory The Company manufactures and markets a complete range of laboratory balances, as well as other selected laboratory measurement instruments, such as titrators, thermal analysis systems, electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab reactors, for laboratory applications in research and development, quality assurance, production and education. Laboratory products accounted for approximately 40% of the Company's net sales in 1996 (including revenues from related after-sale service). The Company believes that it has an approximate 40% share of the global market for laboratory balances and is among the top three producers worldwide of titrators, thermal analysis systems, electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab reactors. The Company believes it has the leading market share for laboratory balances in each of Europe, the United States and Asia (excluding Japan) and the number two position in Japan. Balances. The balance is the most common piece of equipment in the laboratory. The Company believes that it sells the highest performance laboratory balances available on the market, with weighing ranges up to 32 kilograms and down to one ten-millionth of a gram. The Mettler-Toledo name is identified worldwide with accuracy, reliability and innovation. A recent independent survey concluded that 'Mettler-Toledo' was one of the three most recognized names in the laboratory. The Company's brand name is so well recognized that laboratory balances are often generically referred to as 'Mettlers.' This reputation, in management's judgment, constitutes one of the Company's principal competitive strengths. In order to cover a wide range of customer needs and price points, Mettler-Toledo markets precision balances, semimicrobalances, microbalances and ultramicrobalances in three principal product tiers offering different levels of functionality. High-end balances provide maximum automation of calibration, application support and additional functions. Mid-level balances provide a more limited but still extensive set of automated 44 features and software applications, while basic level balances provide simple operations and a limited feature set. The Company also manufactures mass comparators, which are used by weights and measures regulators as well as laboratories to ensure the accuracy of reference weights. Due to the wide range of functions and features offered by the Company's products, prices vary significantly. A typical mid-range precision balance is priced at approximately $2,500 and a typical microbalance is priced at approximately $14,000. The Company regularly introduces new features and updated models in its lines of balances. For example, the Company's DeltaRange models permit weighing of light and heavy samples on the same balance without the need for difficult adjustments, a function particularly useful in dispensing and formula weighing. High-end balances are equipped with fully automatic calibration technology. These balances are carefully calibrated many times in controlled environments, with the results of the calibrations incorporated into built-in software, so that adjustments to ambient temperature and humidity can automatically be made at any time. The Company also offers universal interfaces that offer simultaneous connection of up to five peripheral devices. The customer can then interface one balance with, for example, a computer for further processing of weighing data, a printer for automatically printing results and a bar-code reader for sample identification. In addition to Mettler-Toledo branded products, the Company also manufactures and sells balances under the brand name 'Ohaus.' Ohaus branded products include mechanical balances and electronic balances for the educational market and other markets in which customers are interested in lower cost, a more limited set of features and less comprehensive support and service. Titrators. Titrators measure the chemical composition of samples. The Company's high-end titrators are multi-tasking models, which can perform two determinations simultaneously. They permit high sample throughputs and have extensive expansion capability and flexibility in calculations, functions and parameters. Lower-range models permit common determinations to be stored in a database for frequent use. Titrators are used heavily in the food and beverage industry. A typical titrator is priced at approximately $12,000. Thermal Analysis Systems. Thermal analysis systems measure different properties, such as weight, dimension and energy flow, at varying temperatures. The Company's thermal analysis products include full computer integration and a significant amount of proprietary software. Thermal analysis systems are used primarily in the plastics and polymer industries. A typical thermal analysis system is priced at approximately $50,000. pH Meters. A pH meter measures acidity in a laboratory sample and is the second most widely used measurement instrument in the laboratory, after the balance. The Company manufactures desktop models and portable models. Desktop models are microprocessor-based instruments, offering a wide range of features and self-diagnostic functions. Portable models are waterproof, ultrasonically welded and ergonomically designed, and permit later downloading of data to a computer or printer using an interface kit and custom software. pH meters are used in a wide range of industries. A typical pH meter is priced at approximately $1,200. Automatic Lab Reactors and Reaction Calorimeters. Automatic lab reactors and reaction calorimeters are used to simulate an entire chemical manufacturing process in the laboratory before proceeding to production, in order to ensure the safety and feasibility of the process. The Company's products are fully computer-integrated, with a significant software component, and offer wide flexibility in the structuring of experimental processes. Automatic lab reactors and reaction calorimeters are typically used in the chemical and pharmaceutical industries. A typical lab reactor is priced at approximately $140,000. Electrodes. The Company manufactures electrodes for use in a variety of laboratory instruments and in-line process applications. Laboratory electrodes are consumable goods used in pH meters and titrators, which may be replaced many times during the life of the instrument. In-line process electrodes are used to monitor production processes, for example, in the beverage industry. A typical in-line process electrode is priced at approximately $160. Other Instruments. The Company sells density and refractometry instruments, which measure chemical concentrations in solutions. These instruments are sourced through a marketing joint venture with a third-party manufacturer, but are sold under the Mettler-Toledo brand name. In addition, the Company manufactures and sells moisture analyzers, which precisely determine the moisture content of a sample by utilizing an infrared dryer to evaporate moisture. 45 Industrial and Food Retailing Weighing instruments are among the most broadly used measurement devices in industry and food retailing. The Company's industrial and food retailing weighing and related products include bench and floor scales for standard industrial applications, truck and railcar scales for heavy industrial applications, checkweighers (which determine the weight of goods in motion), metal detectors, dimensioning equipment and scales for use in food retailing establishments, and specialized software systems for industrial and perishable goods management processes. Increasingly, many of the Company's industrial and food retailing products can integrate weighing data into process controls and information systems. The Company's industrial and food retailing products are also sold to original equipment manufacturers ('OEMs'), which incorporate the Company's products into larger process solutions and comprehensive food retailing checkout systems. At the same time, the Company's products themselves include significant software content and additional functions including networking, printing and labeling capabilities and the incorporation of other measuring technologies such as dimensioning. The Company works with customer segments to create specific solutions to their weighing needs. The Company has also recently worked closely with the leading manufacturer of postal meters to develop a new generation of postal metering systems. Industrial and food retailing products accounted for approximately 60% of the Company's net sales in 1996 (including revenues from related after-sale service). The Company believes that it has the largest market share in the industrial and food retailing market in each of Europe and the United States. In Asia, the Company has a substantial, rapidly growing industrial and food retailing business supported by an established manufacturing presence in China. The Company believes that it is the only company with a true global presence across industrial and food retailing weighing applications. Standard Industrial Products. The Company offers a complete line of standard industrial scales, such as bench scales and floor scales, for weighing loads from a few grams to loads of several thousand kilograms in applications ranging from measuring materials in chemical production to weighing mail and packages. Product lines include the 'Spider' range of scales, often used in receiving and shipping departments in counting applications; 'TrimWeigh' scales, which determine whether an item falls within a specified weight range, and are used primarily in the food industry; 'Mentor SC' scales, for counting parts; and precision scales for formulating and mixing ingredients. The Company's 'MultiRange' products include standardized software which uses the weight data obtained to calculate other parameters, such as price or number of pieces. The modular design of these products facilitates the integration of the Company's weighing equipment into a computer system performing other functions, like inventory control or batch management. Prices vary significantly with the size and functions of the scale, generally ranging from $1,000 to $20,000. Heavy Industrial Products. The Company's primary heavy industrial products are scales for weighing trucks or railcars (i.e., weighing bulk goods as they enter a factory or at a toll station). The Company's truck scales, such as the 'DIGITOL TRUCKMATE,' generally have digital load cells, which offer significant advantages in serviceability over analog load cells. Heavy industrial scales are capable of measuring weights up to 500 tons and permit accurate weighing under extreme environmental conditions. The Company also offers advanced computer software that can be used with its heavy industrial scales to permit a broad range of applications. Truck scales prices generally range from $20,000 to $50,000. Dynamic Checkweighing. The Company offers solutions to checkweighing requirements in the food processing, pharmaceutical, chemicals and cosmetic industries, where accurate filling of packages is required, and in the transportation and package delivery industries, where tariffs are levied based on weight. Customizable software applications utilize the information generated by checkweighing hardware to find production flaws, packaging and labeling errors and nonuniform products, as well as to sort rejects and record the results. Mettler-Toledo checkweighing equipment can accurately determine weight in dynamic applications at speeds of up to several hundred units per minute. Checkweighers generally range in price from $8,000 to $40,000. Metal Detection Systems. Metal detection systems control the removal of product that is identified as contaminated by metal during the manufacturing process in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Metal detectors therefore provide manufacturers with vital protection against metal contamination arising from their own production processes or from use of contaminated raw materials. Metal detectors are most commonly utilized in conjunction with checkweighers as components of integrated 46 packaging lines in the food processing, pharmaceutical and other industries. Prices for metal detection systems generally range from $5,000 to $20,000. Dimensioning Equipment. The Company recently introduced automated dimensioning equipment that is utilized in the shipping industry to measure package volumes. These products employ a patented Parallel Infrared Laser Array ('PILAR') technology and are integrated with industrial scales to combine volume-based and weight-based tariff calculations. Prices for integrated dimensioning/weighing systems range from $5,000 to $20,000. Food Retailing Products. Supermarkets, hypermarkets and other food retail establishments make use of multiple weighing applications for the handling of perishable goods from backroom to checkout counter. For example, perishable goods are weighed on arrival to determine payment to suppliers and some of these goods are repackaged, priced and labeled for sale to customers. Other goods are kept loose and selected by customers and either weighed at the produce or delicatessen counter or at the checkout counter. The Company offers stand-alone scales for basic counter weighing and pricing, price finding, and printing. In addition, the Company offers network scales and software, which can integrate backroom, counter, self-service and checkout functions, and can incorporate weighing data into a supermarket's overall perishable goods management system. Backroom products include dynamic weighing products, labeling and wrapping machines, perishable goods management and data processing systems. In some countries in Europe, the Company also sells slicing and mincing equipment. Prices for food retailing scales generally range from $800 to $5,000, but are often sold as part of comprehensive weighing solutions. Systems. The Company's systems business consists of software applications for drum filling in the food and chemical industries and batching systems in the glass industry. The software systems control or modify the manufacturing process. CUSTOMERS AND DISTRIBUTION The Company's business is geographically diversified, with pro forma 1996 net sales (giving effect to the Safeline Acquisition) derived 49% in Europe, 40% in North and South America and 11% in Asia and other markets. The Company's customer base is also diversified by industry and by individual customer. The Company's largest single customer accounted for no more than 2% of 1996 net sales. Laboratory Principal customers for laboratory products include chemical, pharmaceutical and cosmetics manufacturers; food and beverage makers; the metals, electronics, plastics, transportation, packaging, logistics and rubber industries; the jewelry and precious metals trade; educational institutions; and government standards labs. Balances and pH meters are the most widely used laboratory measurement instruments and are found in virtually every laboratory across a wide range of industries. Other products have more specialized uses. The Company's laboratory products are sold in more than 100 countries through a worldwide distribution network. The Company's extensive direct distribution network and its dealer support activities enable the Company to maintain a significant degree of control over the distribution of its products. In markets where there are strong laboratory distributors, such as the United States, the Company uses them as the primary marketing channel for lower- and mid-price point products. This strategy allows the Company to leverage the strength of both the Mettler-Toledo brand and the laboratory distributors' market position into sales of other laboratory measurement instruments. The Company provides its distributors with a significant amount of technical and sales support. High-end products are handled by the Company's own sales force. There has been recent consolidation among distributors in the United States market. While this consolidation could adversely affect the Company's U.S. distribution, the Company believes its leadership position in the market gives it a competitive advantage when dealing with its U.S. distributors. Asian distribution is primarily through distributors, while European distribution is primarily through direct sales. European and Asian distributors are generally fragmented on a country-by-country basis. The Company negotiated a transfer of the laboratory business in Japan from its former agent to a subsidiary of the Company effective January 1, 1997. In addition, the Company began to distribute laboratory products directly in certain other Asian countries. 47 Ohaus branded products are generally positioned in alternative distribution channels to those of Mettler-Toledo branded products. In this way, the Company is able to fill a greater number of distribution channels and increase penetration of its existing markets. Since the acquisition of Ohaus in 1990, the Company has expanded the Ohaus brand beyond its historical U.S. focus. Ohaus branded products are sold exclusively through distributors. Industrial and Food Retailing Customers for Mettler-Toledo industrial products include chemical companies (e.g., formulating, filling and bagging applications), food companies (e.g., packaging and filling applications), electronics and metal processing companies (e.g., piece counting and logistical applications), pharmaceutical companies (e.g., formulating and filling applications), transportation companies (e.g., sorting, dimensioning and vehicle weighing applications) and auto body paint shops, which mix paint colors based on weight. The Company's products for these industries share weighing technology, and often minor modifications of existing products can make them useful for applications in a variety of industrial processes. The Company also sells to OEMs which integrate the Company's modules into larger process control applications, or comprehensive packaging lines. OEM applications often include software content and technical support, as the Company's modules must communicate with a wide variety of other process modules and data management functions. The Company's products are also purchased by engineering firms, systems integrators and vertical application software companies. Customers for metal detection systems are typically food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics and chemicals manufacturers who must ensure that their products are free from contamination by metal particles. Selling product that is contaminated by metal can have severe consequences for these companies, resulting in potential litigation and product recalls. Metal detection systems are most commonly utilized in conjunction with checkweighers as components of integrated packaging lines as important safety checks before food and other products are delivered to customers. Other applications of metal detection systems include pipeline detectors for dairy and other liquids, gravity fall systems for grains and sugar and throat detection systems for raw material monitoring. Customers for food retailing products include supermarkets, hypermarkets and smaller food retailing establishments. The North American and European markets include many large supermarket chains. In most of the Company's markets, food retailing continues to shift to supermarkets and hypermarkets from 'mom and pop' grocery stores. While supermarkets and hypermarkets generally buy less equipment per customer, they tend to buy more advanced products that require more electronic and software content. In emerging markets, however, the highest growth is in basic scales. As with industrial products, the Company also sells food retailing products to OEMs for inclusion in more comprehensive checkout systems. For example, the Company's checkout scales are incorporated into scanner-scales, which can both weigh perishable goods and also read bar codes on other items. Scanner-scales are in turn integrated with cash registers to form a comprehensive checkout system. The Company's industrial products are sold in more than 100 countries and its food retailing products in 20 countries. In the industrial and food retailing markets, the Company distributes directly to customers (including OEMs) and through distributors. In the United States, direct sales slightly exceed distributor sales. Distributors are highly fragmented in the U.S. In Europe, direct sales predominate, with distributors used in certain cases. As in its laboratory distribution, the Company provides significant support to its distributors. SALES AND SERVICE Market Organizations The Company has over 30 geographically-focused market organizations ('MOs') around the world that are responsible for all aspects of the Company's sales and service. The MOs are local marketing and service organizations designed to maintain close relationships with the Company's customer base. Each MO has the flexibility to adapt its marketing and service efforts to account for different cultural and economic conditions. MOs also work closely with the Company's producing organizations (described below) by providing feedback on manufacturing and product development initiatives and relaying innovative product and application ideas. The Company has the only global sales and service organization among weighing instruments manufacturers. At December 31, 1996, this organization consisted of approximately 3,000 employees in sales, 48 marketing and customer service (including related administration) and after-sales technical service. This field organization has the capability to provide service and support to the Company's customers and distributors in virtually all major markets across the globe. Sales managers and representatives interact across product lines and markets in order to serve customers that have a wide range of weighing needs, such as pharmaceutical companies that purchase both laboratory and industrial products. The Company classifies customers according to their potential for sales and the appropriate distribution channel is selected to service the customer as efficiently as possible. Larger accounts tend to have dedicated sales representatives. Other representatives are specialized by product line. Sales representatives call directly on end-users either alone or, in regions where sales are made through distributors, jointly with distributors. The Company utilizes a variety of advertising media, including trade journals, catalogs, exhibitions and trade shows. The Company also sponsors seminars, product demonstrations and customer training programs. An extensive database on markets helps the Company to gauge growth opportunities, target its message to appropriate customer groups and monitor competitive developments. After-Sales Service The Company employs service technicians who provide contract and repair services in all countries in which the Company's products are sold. Service (representing service contracts, repairs and replacement parts) accounted for approximately 17% of the Company's total net sales in 1996 (service revenue is included in the laboratory and industrial and food retailing sales percentages given above). Management believes that service is a key part of its product offering and helps significantly in generating repeat sales. Moreover, the Company believes that it has the largest installed base of weighing instruments in the world. The close relationships and frequent contact with its large customer base provide the Company with sales opportunities and innovative product and application ideas. A global service network also is an important factor in the ability to expand in emerging markets. Widespread adoption of quality laboratory and manufacturing standards and the privatization of weights and measures certification represent favorable trends for the Company's service business, as they tend to increase demand for on-site calibration services. The Company's service contracts provide for repair services within various guaranteed response times, depending on the level of service selected. Many contracts also include periodic calibration and testing. Contracts are generally one year in length, but may be longer. The Company's own employees directly provide all service on the Company's products. If the service contract also includes products of other manufacturers, the Company will generally perform calibration, testing and basic repairs directly, and contract out more significant repair work. As application software becomes more complex, the Company's service efforts increasingly include installation and customer training programs as well as product service. Warranties on Mettler-Toledo products are generally one year. Based on past experience, the Company believes its reserves for warranty claims are adequate. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; MANUFACTURING Producing Organizations The Company is organized into a number of producing organizations ('POs'), which are specialized centers responsible for product development, research and manufacturing. At June 30, 1997, POs included approximately 3,800 employees worldwide, and consisted of product development teams whose members are from marketing, development, research, manufacturing, engineering and purchasing. POs also often seek customer input to ensure that the products developed are tailored to market needs. The Company has organized POs in order to reduce product development time, improve its customer focus, reduce costs and maintain technological leadership. The POs work together to share ideas and best practices. Some employees are in both MOs and POs. The Company is currently implementing a number of projects that it believes will result in increased productivity and lower costs. For example, the Company is restructuring the order and product delivery process in Europe to enable the Company to deliver many of its products to its customers directly from the manufacturing facility within several days, which minimizes the need to store products in decentralized warehouses. In addition, the Company is centralizing its European spare parts inventory management system. 49 Research and Product Development The Company closely integrates research and development with marketing, manufacturing and product engineering. The Company has nearly 600 professionals in research and development and product engineering. The Company's principal product development activities involve applications improvements to provide enhanced customer solutions, systems integration and product cost reduction. However, the Company also actively conducts research in basic weighing technologies. As part of its research and development activities, the Company has frequent contact with university experts, industry professionals and the governmental agencies responsible for weights and measures, analytical instruments and metal detectors. In addition, the Company's in-house development is complemented by technology and product development alliances with customers and OEMs. A recent example of innovation at the Company is the Brickstone weighing sensor technology, which eliminates many of the complex mechanical linkages in a weighing sensor and reduces the number of parts in the sensor from approximately 100 to approximately 50. The Brickstone sensor permits more accurate weighing, lower manufacturing costs and cheaper and faster design changes. Brickstone technology has been incorporated into certain of the Company's products, and the Company is extending the utilization of its Brickstone technology through much of its weighing instrument product lines. The Company has been spending an increasing proportion of its research and development budget on software development. Software development for weighing applications includes application-specific software, as well as software utilized in sensor mechanisms, displays, and other common components, which can be leveraged across the Company's broad product lines. The Company spent $50.0 million on research and development in 1996 (excluding research and development purchased in connection with the Acquisition), $54.5 million in 1995 and $48.0 million in 1994, which the Company believes was more than any of its competitors. Including costs associated with customer-specific engineering projects, which are included in cost of sales for financial reporting purposes, the Company spent approximately 6.6% of net sales on research and development in 1996. Application-specific projects include the Company's recently developed thermal analysis system, memory cards used in titrators to perform industry-specific processes, and software for use in truck scales. Manufacturing The Company's manufacturing strategy is to produce directly those components that require its specific technical competence, or for which dependable, high-quality suppliers cannot be found. The Company contracts out the manufacture of its other component requirements. Consequently, much of the Company's manufacturing capability consists of assembly of components sourced from others. The Company utilizes a wide range of suppliers and it believes its supply arrangements to be adequate. From time to time the Company relies on one supplier for all of its requirements of a particular component, but in such cases the Company believes adequate alternative sources would be available if necessary. Supply arrangements for electronics are generally made globally. For mechanical components, the Company generally uses local sources to optimize materials flow. The Company's manufacturing operations emphasize product quality. Most of its products require very strict tolerances and exact specifications. The Company utilizes an extensive quality control system that is integrated into each step of the manufacturing process. This integration permits field service technicians to trace important information about the manufacture of a particular unit, which facilitates repair efforts and permits fine-tuning of the manufacturing process. Many of the Company's measuring instruments are subjected to an extensive calibration process that allows the software in the unit to automatically adjust for the impact of temperature and humidity. The Company has seven manufacturing plants in the U.S., four in Switzerland, two in Germany, one in the U.K. and two in China, of which one is a joint venture in which the Company owns a 60% interest and the other, the Shanghai facility, was completed and commenced production of laboratory products at the end of 1996. Laboratory products are produced mainly in Switzerland and to a lesser extent in the United States and China, while industrial and food retailing products are produced in all five countries. The Company's metal detectors are produced in the U.K. The Company has manufacturing expertise in sensor technology, precision machining and electronics, as well as strength in software development. Furthermore, most of the Company's manufacturing 50 facilities have achieved ISO 9001 certification. The Company believes its manufacturing capacity is sufficient to meet its present and currently anticipated needs. Backlog Manufacturing turnaround time is generally sufficiently short so as to permit the Company to manufacture to fill orders for most of its products, which helps to limit inventory costs. Backlog is therefore generally a function of requested customer delivery dates and is typically no longer than one to two months. EMPLOYEES As of June 30, 1997, the Company had approximately 6,800 employees throughout the world, including more than 3,500 in Europe, more than 2,500 in North and South America, and more than 700 in Asia and other countries. Management believes that its relations with employees are good. The Company has not suffered any material employee work stoppage or strike in its worldwide operations during the last five years. Labor unions do not represent a meaningful number of the Company's employees. In certain of its facilities, the Company has instituted a flexible workforce environment, in which hours vary depending on the quantity of workload. The Company believes that this flexible working environment enhances employees' involvement, thus increasing productivity, and improves efficient payroll management by permitting the Company to adjust staffing to match workload to a greater degree without changing the size of the overall workforce. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY The Company holds more than 1,100 patents and trademarks, primarily in the United States, Switzerland, Germany and Japan and, to a lesser extent, in China. The Company's products generally incorporate a wide variety of technological innovations, many of which are protected by patents and many of which are not. Moreover, products are generally not protected as a whole by individual patents. Accordingly, no one patent or group of related patents is material to the Company's business. The Company also has numerous trademarks and considers the Mettler-Toledo name and logo to be material to its business. The Company regularly protects against infringement of its intellectual property. REGULATION The Company's products are subject to regulatory standards and approvals by weights and measures regulatory authorities in the countries in which it sells its products. Weights and measures regulation has been harmonized across the European Union. The Company's food processing and food retailing products are subject to regulation and approvals by relevant governmental agencies, such as the United States Food and Drug Administration. Products used in hazardous environments may also be subject to special requirements. All of the Company's electrical components are subject to electrical safety standards. The Company believes that it is in compliance in all material respects with applicable regulations. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS The Company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates, including those relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and the remediation of contamination associated with the use and disposal of hazardous substances. The Company wholly or partly owns, leases or holds a direct or indirect equity interest in a number of properties and manufacturing facilities around the world, including the United States, Europe, Canada, Mexico, Brazil, Australia and China. The Company, like many of its competitors, has incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in complying with such laws and regulations in both the United States and abroad. The Company is currently involved in, or has potential liability with respect to, the remediation of past contamination in certain of its presently and formerly owned and leased facilities in both the United States and abroad. In addition, certain of the Company's present and former facilities have or had been in operation for many decades and, over such time, some of these facilities may have used substances or generated and disposed of wastes which are or may be considered hazardous. It is possible that such sites, as well as disposal sites owned 51 by third parties to which the Company has sent wastes, may in the future be identified and become the subject of remediation. Accordingly, although the Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements and the Company to date has not incurred material expenditures in connection with environmental matters, it is possible that the Company could become subject to additional environmental liabilities in the future that could result in a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. The Company is involved in litigation concerning remediation of hazardous substances at its operating facility in Landing, New Jersey. On or about July 1988, an affiliate of Ciba ('AGP') purchased 100% of the outstanding stock of Metramatic Corporation ('Metramatic'), a manufacturer of checkweighing equipment located in Landing, from GEI International Corporation ('GEI'). GEI agreed to indemnify and hold harmless AGP for certain pre-closing environmental conditions, including those resulting in cleanup responsibilities required by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection ('NJDEP') pursuant to the New Jersey Environmental Cleanup Responsibility Act ('ECRA'). ECRA is now the Industrial Site Recovery Act. Pursuant to a 1988 NJDEP administrative consent order naming GEI and Metramatic as respondents, GEI has spent approximately $2 million in the performance of certain investigatory and remedial work addressing groundwater contamination at the site. However, implementation of a final remedy has not yet been completed, and, therefore, future remedial costs are currently unknown. In 1992, GEI filed a suit against various parties including Hi-Speed Checkweigher Co., Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that currently owns the facility, to recover certain costs incurred by GEI in connection with the site. Based on currently available information and the Company's rights of indemnification from GEI, the Company believes that its ultimate allocation of costs associated with the past and future investigation and remediation of this site will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the Company is aware that Toledo Scale, the former owner of Toledo Scale or the Company has been named a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or analogous state statutes at the following third-party owned sites with respect to the alleged disposal at the sites by Toledo Scale during the period it was owned by such former owner: Granville Solvents Site, Granville, Ohio; Aqua-Tech Environmental, Inc. Site, Greer, South Carolina; and Seaboard Chemical Company Site, Jamestown, North Carolina. The former owner has also been named in a lawsuit seeking contribution pursuant to CERCLA with respect to the Caldwell Trucking Site, New Jersey based on the alleged disposal at the site by Toledo Scale during the former owner's period of ownership. Pursuant to the terms of the stock purchase agreement between Mettler and the former owner of Toledo Scale, the former owner is obligated to indemnify Mettler for various environmental liabilities. To date, with respect to each of the foregoing sites, the former owner has undertaken the defense and indemnification of Toledo Scale. Based on currently available information and the Company's contractual rights of indemnification, the Company believes that the costs associated with the investigation and remediation of these sites will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. COMPETITION The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive. Because of the fragmented nature of certain of the Company's weighing instruments markets, particularly the industrial and food retailing weighing instruments markets, both geographically and by application, the Company competes with numerous regional or specialized competitors, many of which are well-established in their markets. Some competitors are less leveraged than the Company and/or are divisions of larger companies with potentially greater financial and other resources than the Company. Although the Company believes that it has certain competitive advantages over its competitors, realizing and maintaining these advantages will require continued investment by the Company in research and development, sales and marketing and customer service and support. The Company has, from time to time, experienced price pressures from competitors in certain product lines and geographic markets. In the United States, the Company believes that the principal competitive factors in its markets on which purchasing decisions are made are accuracy and durability, while in Europe accuracy and service are the most important factors. In emerging markets, where there is greater demand for less sophisticated products, price is a more important factor than in developed markets. Competition in the United States laboratory market is also influenced by the presence of large distributors through which the Company and its competitors sell many of their products. 52 PROPERTIES The following table lists the Company's principal operating facilities, indicating the location, primary use and whether the facility is owned or leased.
LOCATION PRINCIPAL USE(1) OWNED/LEASED - ------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------- ---------------- Europe: Greifensee/Nanikon, Switzerland..................... Production, Corporate Headquarters Owned Uznach, Switzerland................................. Production Owned Urdorf, Switzerland................................. Production Owned Schwerzenbach, Switzerland.......................... Production Leased Albstadt, Germany................................... Production Owned Giessen, Germany.................................... Production Owned Giessen, Germany.................................... Sales and Service Owned Steinbach, Germany.................................. Sales and Service Owned Viroflay, France.................................... Sales and Service Owned Beersel, Belgium.................................... Sales and Service Owned Tiel, Netherlands................................... Sales and Service Owned Leicester, England.................................. Sales and Service Leased Manchester, England................................. Production, Sales and Service Leased Americas: Worthington, Ohio................................... Production Owned Spartanburg, South Carolina......................... Production Owned Franksville, Wisconsin.............................. Production Owned Ithaca, New York.................................... Production Owned Wilmington, Massachusetts........................... Production Leased Florham Park, New Jersey............................ Production Leased Tampa, Florida...................................... Production, Sales and Service Leased Burlington, Canada.................................. Sales and Service Owned Mexico City, Mexico................................. Sales and Service Leased Other: Shanghai, China..................................... Production Building Owned; Land Leased Changzhou, China(2)................................. Production Building Owned; Land Leased Melbourne, Australia................................ Sales and Service Leased
- ------------------ (1) The Company also conducts research and development activities at certain of the listed facilities in Switzerland, Germany, the United States and, to a lesser extent, China. (2) Held by a joint venture in which the Company owns a 60% interest. The Company believes its facilities are adequate for its current and reasonably anticipated future needs. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS The Company is subject to routine litigation incidental to its business. The Company is currently not involved in any legal proceeding that it believes could have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition or results of operations. See 'Environmental Matters' for information concerning legal proceedings relating to certain environmental claims. 53 MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS The directors and executive officers of the Company are set forth below. All directors hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders following their election or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion thereof.
NAME AGE POSITION - ----------------------------------------------------- --- ----------------------------------------------------- Philip Caldwell...................................... 77 Chairman of the Board of Directors Robert F. Spoerry.................................... 43 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director William P. Donnelly.................................. 36 Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary Karl M. Lang......................................... 50 Head, Laboratory Division Lukas Braunschweiler................................. 41 Head, Industrial and Retail (Europe) John D. Robechek..................................... 49 Head, Industrial and Retail (Americas) Peter Burker......................................... 51 Head, Human Resources Thomas Rubbe......................................... 43 Head, Logistics and Information Systems Reginald H. Jones.................................... 80 Director John D. Macomber..................................... 69 Director John M. Manser....................................... 50 Director Laurence Z.Y. Moh.................................... 71 Director Thomas P. Salice..................................... 37 Director Alan W. Wilkinson.................................... 41 Director
Philip Caldwell has been Chairman of the Board of Directors since October 1996. Mr. Caldwell has been Senior Managing Director of Lehman Brothers Inc. and its predecessor, Shearson Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., since 1985. During a 32 year career at Ford Motor Company, Mr. Caldwell was Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer from 1980 to 1985 and a Director from 1973 to 1990. Mr. Caldwell is also a Director of Lehman Brothers Inc., Zurich Holding Company of America, Inc., American Guarantee & Liability Insurance Company, The Mexico Fund, Waters Corporation and Russell Reynolds Associates, Inc. He has served as a Director of the Chase Manhattan Corporation, the Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., Digital Equipment Corporation, Federated Department Stores Inc., the Kellogg Company, Shearson Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., CasTech Aluminum Group, Inc., Specialty Coatings International Inc., and Zurich Reinsurance Centre Holdings, Inc. Robert F. Spoerry has been President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 1993. He served as Head, Industrial and Retail (Europe) of the Company from 1987 to 1993. Mr. Spoerry has been a Director since October 1996. William P. Donnelly has been Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary of the Company since April 1, 1997. From 1993 until joining the Company, he held various senior financial and management positions, including most recently Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, with Elsag Bailey Process Automation, a global manufacturer of instrumentation and analytical products, and developer of distributed control systems. Prior to 1993, Mr. Donnelly was associated with the international accounting firm of Price Waterhouse. Karl M. Lang has been Head, Laboratory Division of the Company since 1994. From 1991 to 1994 he was based in Japan as a representative of senior management with responsibility for expansion of the Asian operations. Lukas Braunschweiler has been Head, Industrial and Retail (Europe) of the Company since 1995. From 1992 until 1995 he held various senior management positions with the Landis & Gyr Group, a manufacturer of electrical meters. Prior to August 1992 he was a Vice President in the Technology Group of Saurer Group, a manufacturer of textile machinery. John D. Robechek has been Head, Industrial and Retail (Americas) of the Company and President of Mettler-Toledo, Inc., a U.S.-based subsidiary of the Company, since 1995. From 1990 through 1994 he served as Senior Vice President and managed all of the Company's U.S. subsidiaries. 54 Peter Burker has been Head, Human Resources of the Company since 1994. From 1992 to 1994 he was Mettler-Toledo's General Manager in Spain, and from 1989 to 1991 he headed the Company's operations in Italy. Thomas Rubbe has been Head, Logistics and Information Systems of the Company since 1995. From 1990 to 1995 he was head of Controlling, Finance and Administration with the Company's German marketing organization. Reginald H. Jones has been a Director since October 1996. Mr. Jones retired as Chairman of the Board of Directors of General Electric Company ('General Electric') in April 1981. At General Electric, he served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer from December 1972 through April 1981, President from June 1972 to December 1972 and a Director from August 1971 to April 1981. Mr. Jones is also a Director of ASA Limited and Birmingham Steel Corporation. John D. Macomber has been a Director since October 1996. He has been a principal of JDM Investment Group since 1992. He was Chairman and President of the Export-Import Bank of the United States (an agency of the U.S. Government) from 1989 to 1992. From 1973 to 1986 Mr. Macomber was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Celanese Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Macomber was a Senior Partner of McKinsey & Company. Mr. Macomber is also a Director of Textron Inc., Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Xerox Corporation, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., Pilkington plc and Brown Group, Inc. John M. Manser has been a Director since August 1997. He is the Treasurer of the Worldwide Life Science Group of Novartis, which has its headquarters in Switzerland. He has been with Novartis (and its predecessor Ciba-Geigy) since 1981. Laurence Z. Y. Moh has been a Director since October 1996. He is Chairman Emeritus of Universal Furniture Limited, which he founded in 1959. Thomas P. Salice has been a Director since October 1996. Mr. Salice is a Managing Director of AEA Investors and has been associated with AEA Investors since June 1989. Mr. Salice is also a Director of Waters Corporation. Alan W. Wilkinson has been a Director since October 1996. Mr. Wilkinson has been a Managing Director of AEA Investors since September 1989. Prior to his association with AEA Investors, Mr. Wilkinson was a Vice President in the Merchant Banking and Mergers and Acquisitions divisions of Lehman Brothers Inc. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The following table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 the compensation paid to or accrued for services performed by the Chief Executive Officer and each of the four other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company who were serving as executive officers at December 31, 1996 (collectively, the 'Named Executive Officers'). 55 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(1)
LONG TERM COMPENSATION ANNUAL COMPENSATION ------------ ------------------------------------ SECURITIES OTHER ANNUAL UNDERLYING ALL OTHER NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSIITION YEAR SALARY BONUS(2) COMPENSATION OPTIONS(#) COMPENSATION - ------------------------------------ ---- -------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ Robert F. Spoerry, President and 1996 $435,135 $276,521 $8,857(3) 300(4) $124,431 Chief Executive Officer........... 1995 289,343 85,871 -- 54,346(5) Fred Ort, 1996 207,221 99,325 -- -- 52,745 Corporate Controller.............. 1995 227,284 69,701 -- 70,804(5) Karl M. Lang, 1996 212,997 88,375 -- -- 61,901 Head, Laboratory.................. 1995 228,427 38,071 -- 60,321(5) Lukas Braunschweiler, 1996 210,893 66,162 -- -- 62,482 Head, Industrial and Retail 1995 228,427 25,381 -- 50,460(5) (Europe).......................... John D. Robechek, Head, Industrial 1996 233,754 88,137 -- -- 6,215 and Retail (Americas)............. 1995 225,000 40,563 -- 6,168(6)
- ------------------ (1) Amounts paid in Swiss francs (all amounts except those paid to Mr. Robechek) converted to U.S. dollars at a rate of SFr 1.182 to $1.00 for 1995 and SFr 1.2355 to $1.00 for 1996, in each case the average exchange rate during such year. (2) Does not include Ciba bonuses to the Named Executive Officers for services rendered to Ciba in connection with its efforts to sell the Company. (3) Represents additional compensation paid to fully offset, after payment of all taxes and social security contributions, interest charged to Mr. Spoerry on a loan to Mr. Spoerry from Mettler-Toledo AG, a subsidiary of the Company. See 'Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.' (4) Option to purchase the specified number of shares of Ciba common stock at an exercise price of SFr 750 ($665 at the date of grant) per share. The fair market value at the date of grant was SFr 764 ($678) per share. (5) Represents Company contributions to the Mettler-Toledo Fonds (a Swiss pension plan similar to a defined contribution plan under U.S. law). Fifty percent of the amount shown is a required employee contribution under the plan which the Company has contributed on behalf of the Named Executive Officers, and the other 50% is a required matching employer contribution. (6) Includes $1,024 for the value of group life insurance over $50,000, $4,500 for the Company's contribution to Mr. Robechek's 401(k) plan account and $644 for Mr. Robechek's profit sharing payout under the Company's Performance Dividend Plan. Stock Options. The following table sets forth information concerning the grant of stock options under the Company's Stock Option Plan to each of the Named Executive Officers during 1996. OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
NUMBER OF % OF TOTAL POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT SECURITIES OPTIONS/SARS ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK PRICE UNDERLYING GRANTED TO APPRECIATION FOR OPTION/SAR TERM(2) OPTIONS/SARS EMPLOYEES IN EXERCISE/BASE EXPIRATION ------------------------------------ NAME GRANTED(1) FISCAL YEAR PRICE ($/SH) DATE 5% ($) - --------------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ---------- ------------------------------------ Robert F. Spoerry.......... 29.85 2006 5,237,372 Fred Ort................... 2.24 2006 392,808 Karl M. Lang............... 5.97 2006 1,046,858 Lukas Braunschweiler....... 5.97 2006 1,046,858 John D. Robechek........... 5.97 2006 1,046,858 NAME 10% ($) - --------------------------- ------------------------------------ Robert F. Spoerry.......... 13,272,528 Fred Ort................... 995,452 Karl M. Lang............... 2,652,944 Lukas Braunschweiler....... 2,652,944 John D. Robechek........... 2,652,944
(Footnotes on next page) 56 (Footnotes from previous page) - ------------------ (1) The exercise prices and the number of securities underlying the options in each case give effect to the Reorganization. (2) The assumed annual rates of appreciation over the term of the option are set forth in accordance with rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent the Company's estimate of stock appreciation price. Option Exercises and Holdings. No options to purchase Common Stock were exercised by the Named Executive Officers in 1996. The following table sets forth information with respect to the aggregate number of unexercised options to purchase Common Stock granted to the Named Executive Officers and held by them as of December 31, 1996, and the value of unexercised in-the-money options (i.e., options that had a positive spread between the exercise price and the fair market value of the Common Stock) as of December 31, 1996. AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND OPTION/SAR VALUES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED VALUE OF UNEXERCISED OPTIONS/SARS AT FISCAL IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS/SARS SHARES ACQUIRED VALUE YEAR-END(#)(1) AT FISCAL YEAR-END($)(2) ON EXERCISE REALIZED ---------------------------- ------------------------- NAME (#) ($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE - ---------------------------- --------------- -------- ----------- ------------- ------------------------- Robert F. Spoerry........... 0 0 0 0 Fred Ort.................... 0 0 0 0 Karl M. Lang................ 0 0 0 0 Lukas Braunschweiler........ 0 0 0 0 John D. Robechek............ 0 0 0 0 NAME UNEXERCISABLE - ---------------------------- ------------------------- Robert F. Spoerry........... 0 Fred Ort.................... 0 Karl M. Lang................ 0 Lukas Braunschweiler........ 0 John D. Robechek............ 0
- ------------------ (1) The number of securities underlying the options give effect to the Reorganization. (2) Estimated value, as determined by the Company, at December 31, 1996 does not exceed the exercise price. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS Mettler-Toledo AG, a subsidiary of the Company, entered into an employment agreement (the 'Agreement') with Robert F. Spoerry (the 'Executive') dated as of October 30, 1996. The Agreement provides for annual base salary of SFr 560,000 (approximately $435,135 at December 31, 1996), which may be increased from time to time in accordance with the Company's normal business practices, and for participation in the Company's bonus plan. In addition, the Agreement provides for payment of the amount necessary, after payment of all taxes and social security contributions, to fully offset the interest charged to the Executive on a certain loan to the Executive. See 'Certain Relationships and Related Transactions' for a description of the loan. The Agreement prohibits the Executive from competing with the Company for a period of twenty-four months after termination of employment. The Agreement may be terminated without cause, on thirty-six months notice during which period the Executive is entitled to full compensation under the Agreement. The Company is negotiating employment agreements with the other Named Executive Officers. Base salary of executive officers under these agreements in the aggregate will not be materially different from historical practice. The agreements will also include bonuses contingent on meeting performance objectives in amounts to be determined. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS Members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are officers of the Company or employees of AEA Investors do not receive additional compensation for being on the Board or its committees. The non-executive directors were given a one-time opportunity to purchase stock in the Company upon their election to the Board. Mr. Caldwell purchased shares of Common Stock and each of Messrs. Jones, Macomber and Moh 57 purchased shares of Common Stock. It is anticipated that members of the Board of Directors of the Company will receive no cash compensation for their service on the Board or its committees, but the members will receive reimbursement for traveling costs and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings. RETIREMENT PLANS Mr. Robechek is covered under two pension plans, the Mettler-Toledo Retirement Plan and the Mettler-Toledo Supplemental Retirement Income Plan. Benefits under these plans are determined by career average compensation rather than final compensation. The annual accrual for each year under both plans is the difference of 2% of annual compensation in a plan year and 0.6% of the lesser of annual compensation or covered compensation (defined under the plans as the average of the Social Security Taxable Wage Bases in effect for each calendar year during the 35-year period ending on the last day of a given plan year). The Mettler-Toledo Retirement Plan includes all compensation up to the qualified plan limitations under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ($150,000 per year in 1996), and the Mettler-Toledo Supplemental Retirement Income Plan pays for benefits in excess of these limits. The accrued annual benefit payable to Mr. Robechek under the Mettler-Toledo Retirement Plan is $45,693 and the accrued annual benefit under the Mettler-Toledo Supplemental Plan is $11,329, for a total annual retirement benefit of $57,022. COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION The following directors served on the Company's Compensation Committee during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996: Reginald H. Jones, Laurence Z. Y. Moh and Thomas P. Salice. Mr. Salice also served as an officer of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries during such fiscal year. Mr. Salice is an officer of AEA Investors, a stockholder of the Company. See 'Certain Relationships and Related Transactions' for a description of relationships between AEA Investors and the Company. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AEA Investors and the Company entered into a management agreement (the 'Management Agreement') pursuant to which AEA Investors has provided management, consulting and financial services to the Company. Services covered by the Management Agreement include such areas as the preparation and evaluation of strategic, operating, financial and capital plans and the development and implementation of compensation and other incentive programs. Such services are provided by the executive staff of AEA Investors. In consideration of such services, AEA Investors is entitled to an annual fee of $1.0 million, plus reimbursement for certain expenses and indemnification against certain liabilities. The agreement further provides that in the event the Company employs any employee of AEA Investors as an officer of the Company or otherwise, and such employment includes a substantial amount of such employee's time, the Company will compensate such employee at a reasonable rate. The Company believes that the terms of these management arrangements are as favorable as could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party. It is expected that the Management Agreement will be terminated upon consummation of the Offerings contemplated hereby. In consideration of services by AEA Investors in arranging, structuring and negotiating the terms of the Acquisition, the Company paid AEA Investors transaction fees of $5.5 million and reimbursed AEA Investors for certain related expenses. In connection with the termination of the Management Agreement, the Company will pay AEA Investors $2.5 million and will reimburse AEA Investors for certain related expenses. Management and other employees of the Company have contributed approximately $12 million of the equity of the Company. For information regarding the number of shares purchased by each Named Executive Officer, see 'Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.' On October 7, 1996, in order to fund a portion of the purchase price for the shares purchased by Mr. Spoerry, Mettler-Toledo AG entered into a loan agreement with Mr. Spoerry, in the amount of SFr 1.0 million (approximately $742,000 at December 31, 1996). The loan bears interest at a rate of 5% and is payable upon demand, which may not be made until seven years after the date of the loan. 58 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock immediately prior to the Offering and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Offering, by (a) each person who is known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the Company's Common Stock, (b) each director of the Company, (c) each of the Named Executive Officers and (d) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons or entities listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock owned by them, except to the extent such power may be shared with a spouse.
SHARES SHARES BENEFICIALLY BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR TO OWNED AFTER THE OFFERINGS THE OFFERINGS(1) -------------------- ------------------ NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER NUMBER(2) PERCENT NUMBER PERCENT - ------------------------------------------------------------------- --------- ------- ------- ------- 5% SHAREHOLDERS: Finlayson Fund Investments PTE LTD .............................. Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited 8 Shenton Way #38-03 Treasury Building Singapore 0106 National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA ......... c/o AIG Global Investment Corp. 175 Water Street - 24th Floor New York, NY 10038 Forma Investments Limited ....................................... Woodbourne Hall P.O. Box 3162 Main Street Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands Nassau Capital Funds L.P. ....................................... 22 Chambers Street Princeton, NJ 08542 Ciba-Geigy AG ................................................... c/o Novartis International S.A. S-210.1737 Lichstrasse 35 CH-4056 Basel Switzerland DIRECTORS: Philip Caldwell(3)............................................... Robert F. Spoerry(4)............................................. Reginald H. Jones................................................ John D. Macomber................................................. John M. Manser................................................... Laurence Z. Y. Moh............................................... Thomas P. Salice(4).............................................. Alan W. Wilkinson(4)............................................. NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS: Karl M. Lang(5).................................................. Lukas Braunschweiler(6).......................................... John D. Robechek(7).............................................. All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (15 persons)(8).........................................
(Footnotes on next page) 59 (Footnotes from previous page) - ------------------ * The percentage of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned does not exceed one percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. (1) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment options. (2) Based on shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the Offerings. Calculations of percentage of beneficial ownership assume the exercise by only the named shareholder of all options for the purchase of Common Stock held by such shareholder which are exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof. (3) Includes shares held by, or in trust for, members of such individual's family for which Messrs. Caldwell, Salice and Wilkinson disclaim beneficial ownership. Does not include shares held by AEA Investors, of which Messrs. Salice and Wilkinson are officers. (4) Mr. Spoerry is also a Named Executive Officer. Includes shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof. (5) Includes shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof. (6) Includes shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof. (7) Includes shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof. (8) Includes William P. Donnelly, who became Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary on April 1, 1997, and Fred Ort, who ceased to be an executive officer on April 1, 1997. DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS The following statements are brief summaries of certain provisions with respect to the Company's Credit Agreement, the New Credit Agreement and the Indenture and Senior Subordinated Notes which are governed by the Indenture. Copies of the Credit Agreement and Indenture are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The following description does not purport to be complete and is subject in all respects to applicable Delaware law and to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the New Credit Agreement and Indenture. CREDIT AGREEMENT On May 29, 1997, Mettler-Toledo, Inc. ('M-T, Inc.'), Mettler-Toledo Holding AG ('Holding AG') (together M-T, Inc. and Holding AG are referred to as the 'Borrowers'), Safeline Holding Company, as UK Borrower, and Mettler-Toledo Inc. (a Canadian subsidiary), as Canadian Borrower (all borrowers defined collectively as 'Agreement Borrowers') refinanced their previous credit facility and entered into the Credit Agreement, with Merrill Lynch & Co., as Arranger and Documentation Agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Administrative Agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Canadian Agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and Credit Suisse, as Co-Agents and the other financial institutions party thereto. Holding guaranteed certain obligations under the Credit Agreement. Types of Loans The Credit Agreement provides for a variety of floating rate loans with interest rates based on LIBOR and the federal funds rate including the following: (i) Tranche A-Swiss Term Loans, Tranche A-UK Term Loans and Tranche A-U.S. Term Loans ('Term A Loans') in an aggregate principal amount of SFr 171.5 million, pounds 26.7 million and $33.8 million, respectively, which are scheduled to mature in 2002, (ii) Tranche B Term Loans ('Term B Loans' and, collectively with the Term A Loans, the 'Term Loans') in an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million, which are scheduled to mature in 2004, (iii) a Canadian revolver with availability of CDN $26.3 million (the 'Canadian Facility') (approximately CDN $21.0 million of which was outstanding as of June 30, 1997), which is scheduled to mature in 2002, and (iv) a multi-currency revolving credit in an aggregate principal amount of $151.0 million (the 'Revolving Facility') (approximately $23.0 million of which was outstanding as of June 30, 1997), which is scheduled to mature in 2002. 60 Maturity, Amortization and Mandatory Prepayments The Term A Loans, Canadian Facility and the Revolving Facility mature on December 31, 2002 and the Term B Loans mature on December 31, 2004. Amounts outstanding under the Term A and B Loans amortize in quarterly installments ranging from $1.1 million, SFr 4.9 million, and pounds 0.9 million per quarter to $13.6 million per quarter. The Term Loans are subject to mandatory prepayments (to be applied pro rata among the Term Loans) in an amount equal to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 75% of annual Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (ii) the net proceeds received from certain sales of assets, (iii) the net proceeds from the issuance of debt, and (iv) 50% of the net proceeds from the issuance of equity. Security and Guarantees The obligations of the Agreement Borrowers under the Credit Agreement are (i) secured by a first priority security interest in all of the material assets of the Agreement Borrowers, (ii) guaranteed, to the extent permitted by applicable law by all of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Agreement Borrowers, with certain exceptions, and each such guarantee is, to the extent permitted by applicable law and with certain exceptions, secured by a first priority security interest in all of the material assets of each such guarantor, and (iii) guaranteed by M-T, Inc., its direct and indirect U.S. subsidiaries and Holding, and each such guarantee is secured by a first priority security interest in all of the material assets of each such guarantor, except that each such guarantor has pledged only 65% of the stock of any non-U.S. subsidiary held by it. The obligations of M-T, Inc. under the Credit Agreement are (i) secured by a first priority security interest in all of the material assets of M-T, Inc., except that M-T, Inc. has pledged only 65% of the stock of each non-U.S. subsidiary held by it, (ii) guaranteed by each direct and indirect U.S. subsidiary of M-T, Inc., and each such guarantee is secured by a first priority security interest in all of the material assets of each such guarantor, and (iii) guaranteed by Holding, and such guarantee is secured by a first priority security interest in all of the stock of M-T, Inc. held by Holding. Covenants and Events of Default The Credit Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, limit M-T, Inc.'s and its subsidiaries' ability to incur liens; merge, consolidate or dispose of assets; make loans and investments; incur indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; incur certain contingent obligations; pay dividends and other distributions; prepay the Notes; or make capital expenditures. The Credit Agreement also requires M-T, Inc. to maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and to maintain a ratio of total debt to EBITDA below a specified maximum. The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts when due; violation of covenants; breach of any representation or warranty; cross-default and cross-acceleration; Change in Control (as defined in the Credit Agreement); bankruptcy events; material judgments; certain ERISA matters; and invalidity of loan documents or security interests. NEW CREDIT AGREEMENT The Company intends to refinance the Credit Agreement by entering into the New Credit Agreement as part of the Refinancing. The Company expects that it will have pro forma borrowings under the New Credit Agreement of $401.4 million (representing an increase of $66.8 million) as of June 30, 1997 and borrowings of $41.5 million under various other credit arrangements. Of the borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, $196.2 million will be term loans and the remainder will be outstanding under a revolving credit facility. The company's revolving credit facility commitment will increase from $170.0 million to $420.0 million under the New Credit Agreement. All other material terms under the New Credit Agreement are expected to be substantially similar to the existing Credit Agreement. Merrill Lynch served as the Arranger and Documentation Agent and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation served as co-agent in connection with the Company's Credit Agreement in November 1996 and May 1997 and are acting in similar roles in connection with the New Credit Agreement. See 'Underwriting.' 61 NOTE REPURCHASE The Company has commenced a tender offer for all of the Notes. The proposed aggregate consideration is 112% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase, consisting of a purchase price of 111% and a fee of 1% for each Noteholder that delivers a written consent that the Company is soliciting from the Noteholders. As part of the tender offer, the Company is soliciting the consents of the Noteholders representing a majority of the principal amount of the Notes to amend the Indenture to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain of the events of default. The tender offer is scheduled to terminate on October 28, 1997. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES General. M-T, Inc. issued $135.0 million of 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 in connection with the Acquisition pursuant to an Indenture among M-T, Inc., Holding, and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee. Principal Maturity and Interest. The Notes are limited in aggregate principal amount to $135.0 million and will mature on October 1, 2006. Interest on the Notes accrues at 9 3/4% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year commencing April 1, 1997. Guarantees. The Notes are unsecured senior subordinated general obligations of M-T, Inc. and are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated and unsecured basis by Holding. The Indenture also provides that certain U.S. subsidiaries of M-T, Inc. are required to guarantee payment of the Notes under certain circumstances. Redemption. Except as described below, the Notes are not redeemable at M-T, Inc.'s option prior to October 1, 2001. Thereafter, the Notes are subject to redemption in whole or in part, at the option of M-T, Inc. at specified redemption prices plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date. Notwithstanding the general prohibition on voluntary redemptions by M-T, Inc., at any time on or before December 1, 1999, M-T, Inc., at its option, may redeem up to $47.25 million of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined in the Indenture), at a cash redemption price of 109% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that after giving effect to any such redemption, at least $87.75 million of the Notes remains outstanding. DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK The following statements are brief summaries of certain provisions with respect to the Company's capital stock which will be contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-laws, copies of which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the Registration Statement. The following description does not purport to be complete and is subject in all respects to applicable Delaware law and to the provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-laws. Concurrently with the Offerings, the Company will consummate the Reorganization. The authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the 'Preferred Stock'). Immediately following the consummation of the Offerings, there will be shares of Common Stock outstanding, shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Prior to the consummation of the Offerings, there were holders of the Company's Common Stock. COMMON STOCK Holders of Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be submitted to a vote of the shareholders (including the election of directors) and have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. Holders of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights, and therefore holders of a majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. In such event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the 62 Board of Directors of the Company out of funds legally available therefor. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares to be sold by the Company in the Offerings when issued and paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets of the Company remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of the Company's debts and obligations and liquidation payments to holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. Application has been made for listing of the Common Stock on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance. In order to meet the requirements for listing of the Common Stock on the NYSE, the representatives of the Underwriters have assured the NYSE that the distribution of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will meet or exceed the listing requirements of the NYSE. PREFERRED STOCK The Board of Directors, without further stockholder authorization, will be authorized to issue shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to determine and fix the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, including dividend rights and preferences over dividends on the Common Stock and one or more series of the Preferred Stock, conversion rights, voting rights (in addition to those provided by law), redemption rights and the terms of any sinking fund therefor, and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, including preferences over the Common Stock and one or more series of the Preferred Stock. Although the Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock following the consummation of the Offerings, the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company or an unsolicited acquisition proposal. CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, AMENDED BY-LAWS AND DELAWARE LAW The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended By-laws and Delaware law contain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. Such provisions could have the effect of discouraging open market purchases of the Common Stock because they may be considered disadvantageous by a shareholder who desires to participate in a business combination or elect a new director. Section 203 of Delaware Law. The Company is a Delaware corporation and is subject to Section 203 ('Section 203') of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the 'DGCL'). In general, Section 203 prevents an 'interested stockholder' (defined as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, beneficially owns or if an affiliate or associate of the corporation did beneficially own within the last three years 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a 'business combination' (as defined) with a Delaware corporation for three years following the time such person became an interested stockholder unless (i) before such persons became an interested stockholder, the board of directors of the corporation approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding shares owned by persons who are both officers and directors of the corporation, and shares held by certain employee stock ownership plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or (iii) following the transaction in which such person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation not owned by the 'interested stockholder.' A 'business combination' generally includes mergers, stock or asset sales involving 10% or more of the market value of the corporation's assets or stock, certain stock transactions and certain other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholders or an increase in their proportionate share of any class or series of a corporation. The existence of Section 203 of the DGCL could have the effect of discouraging an acquisition of the Company or stock purchasers in furtherance of an acquisition. 63 Limitation on Directors' Liabilities and Indemnification. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it currently exists, a director of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Under the current DGCL, liability of a director may not be limited (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases and (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. The effect of this provision of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is to eliminate the rights of the Company and its shareholders (through shareholders' derivative suits on behalf of the Company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of the fiduciary duty of care as director (including breaches resulting from negligent or grossly negligent behavior) except in the situations described in clauses (i) through (iv) above. The provision does not exonerate the directors from liability under federal securities laws or limit or eliminate the rights of the Company or any stockholder to seek non-monetary relief such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director's duty of care. In addition, the Amended By-laws provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by DGCL. Advance Notice for Shareholder Nomination of Directors and Shareholder Proposals. The Amended By-laws establish an advance notice procedure with regard to the nomination, other than by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, of candidates for election as directors (the 'Nomination Procedure') and with regard to other matters to be brought by shareholders before an annual meeting of shareholders of the Company (the 'Business Procedure'). The Nomination Procedure requires that a shareholder give prior written notice, in proper form, of a planned nomination for the Board of Directors to the Secretary of the Company. The requirements as to the form and timing of that notice are specified in the Amended By-laws. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors determines that a person was not nominated in accordance with the Nomination Procedure, such person will not be eligible for election as a director. Under the Business Procedure, a shareholder seeking to have any business conducted at an annual meeting must give prior written notice, in proper form, to the Secretary of the Company. The requirements as to the form and timing of that notice are specified in the Amended By-laws. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors determines that the other business was not properly brought before such meeting in accordance with the Business Procedure, such business will not be conducted at such meeting. Although the Amended By-laws do not give the Board of Directors any power to approve or disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of directors or of any business desired by shareholders to be conducted at an annual meeting, the Amended By-laws (i) may have the effect of precluding a nomination for the election of directors or precluding the conduct of business at a particular annual meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or (ii) may discourage or deter a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company, even if the conduct of such solicitation or such attempt might be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders. REGISTRATION RIGHTS Current holders of the Company's Common Stock (other than certain members of senior management) have rights to require the Company to register such shares of Common Stock for resale pursuant to subscription agreements pursuant to which they acquired their shares. After securities of the Company have been sold pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, upon the request of persons owning at least 25% of the sum of all outstanding shares of Common Stock which are then 'restricted securities' (as defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act) and which have a value of at least $5,000,000, the Company would be required to register the sale of such securities, subject to certain limitations and requirements. The Company is not required to file any registration statement within six months of the effective date of any earlier registration statement and is not required to file more than three registration statements pursuant to such requests. In addition, under certain circumstances, should the Company file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission registering shares of the Common Stock of the Company, the owners of restricted securities would be entitled to include their restricted securities in such registration. 64 TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock will be BankBoston, N.A. SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the shares of Common Stock. The Company can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices of the Common Stock. Upon the closing of the Offerings the Company expects to have shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming that the Underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment options). Except to the extent such shares are subject to the agreement with the Underwriters described below, shares of Common Stock will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by an 'affiliate' of the Company as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the resale limitations of Rules 144 and 145. In general, under Rules 144 and 145 as currently in effect, a shareholder (or shareholders whose shares are aggregated) who is an 'affiliate' of the Company is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the outstanding Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume in the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of such sale is filed pursuant to Rule 144. The holder may only sell such shares through unsolicited brokers' transactions. Sales under Rules 144 and 145 are also subject to certain provisions regarding the manner of sale, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about the Company. A shareholder (or shareholders whose shares are aggregated) who is not an affiliate of the Company for at least 90 days prior to a proposed transaction is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to the limitations described above. Holders which were affiliates of the Company at the time of the Reorganization may sell free of restrictions one year from the date of the Reorganization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the Offerings, the Company, the Company's executive officers and directors and all existing shareholders of the Company have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch on behalf of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, other than (i) the sale to the Underwriters of the shares of Common Stock in connection with the Offerings, (ii) upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, (iii) the issuance of options pursuant to the Stock Plan, or (iv) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act relating to Common Stock of the Company issued pursuant to the Company's Stock Plan. The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register approximately shares of Common Stock which are reserved for issuance under the Company's Stock Option Plan. The Form S-8 will include, in some cases, shares for which an exemption under Rule 144 or Rule 701 would also be available, thus permitting the resale of shares issued under the stock option plan by non-affiliates in the public market, without restriction under the Securities Act. Such registration statement is expected to become effective immediately upon filing whereupon shares registered thereunder will become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to vesting and, in certain cases, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. At the date of this Prospectus, options to purchase shares of Common Stock are outstanding under the Stock Plan. 65 CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Common Stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of such Common Stock. A 'Non-U.S. Holder' is a person other than (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or partnership created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state (other than any partnership treated as foreign under U.S. Treasury regulations), or (iii) an estate or trust whose income is includable in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of source. An individual may, subject to certain exceptions, be deemed to be a resident alien (as opposed to a non-resident alien) by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year (counting for such purposes all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year). Resident aliens are subject to tax as if they were U.S. citizens. This discussion does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular Non-U.S. Holder's tax position (including the fact that in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a partnership, the U.S. tax consequences of holding and disposing of shares of Common Stock may be affected by certain determinations made at the partner level) and does not consider U.S. state and local or non-U.S. tax consequences. This discussion also does not consider the tax consequences for any person who is a shareholder, partner or beneficiary of a holder of the Common Stock. Further, it does not consider Non-U.S. Holders subject to special tax treatment under the federal tax laws (including but not limited to banks and insurance companies, dealers in securities and holders of securities held as part of a 'straddle,' 'hedge,' or 'conversion transaction'). The following discussion is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'), the applicable Treasury regulations promulgated and proposed thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change either retroactively or prospectively. The following summary is included herein for general information. ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE NON-U.S. HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER U.S. OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION. DIVIDENDS In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of Common Stock will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment, or, in the case of the individual, a 'fixed base,' in the United States ('U.S. trade or business income') are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated rates, but are not generally subject to the 30% withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the appropriate U.S. Internal Revenue Service ('IRS') form with the payor. Any U.S. trade or business income received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional 'branch profits tax' at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Under currently applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, dividends paid to an address in a foreign country are presumed (absent actual knowledge to the contrary) to be paid to a resident of such country for purposes of the withholding discussed above and for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty rate. Under U.S. Treasury regulations effective for payments made after December 31, 1998 ('Final Regulations'), however, a Non-U.S. Holder of Common Stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. In addition, under the Final Regulations, in the case of Common Stock held by a foreign partnership, (x) the certification requirement will 66 generally be applied to the partners of the partnership and (y) the partnership will be required to provide certain information, including a United States taxpayer identification number. The Final Regulations also provide look-through rules for tiered partnerships. A Non-U.S. Holder of Common Stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of gain recognized on a disposition of Common Stock unless: (i) the gain is U.S. trade or business income (in which case, the branch profits tax described above may also apply to a corporate Non-U.S. Holder), (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds the Common Stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements, (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the provision of the U.S. tax law applicable to certain United States expatriates or (iv) the Company is or has been a 'U.S. real property holding corporation' for federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and such period that the Common Stock was held. The tax with respect to stock in a 'U.S. real property holding corporation' does not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder whose holdings, direct and indirect, at all times during the applicable period, constitute 5% or less of the Common Stock, provided that the Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. Generally, a corporation is a 'U.S. real property holding corporation' if the fair market value of its 'U.S. real property interests' equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. The Company is not, and does not anticipate becoming, a 'U.S. real property holding corporation' for U.S. federal income tax purposes. FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a Non-U.S. Holder at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. Such individual's estate may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax on the property includable in the gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. U.S. INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX Under U.S. Treasury Regulations, the Company must report annually to the I.R.S. and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and any tax withheld with respect to such dividends. The information reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding is required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non U.S.-Holder is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement. Under certain circumstances, the IRS requires 'information reporting' and 'backup withholding' at a rate of 31% with respect to certain payments on Common Stock. Under currently applicable law, Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock generally will be exempt from IRS reporting requirements and U.S. backup withholding with respect to dividends payable on Common Stock. Under the Final Regulations, however, a Non-U.S Holder of Common Stock that fails to certify its Non-U.S. Holder status in accordance with the requirements of the Final Regulations will generally be subject to U.S. backup withholding at a rate of 31% on payments of dividends. See the discussion above with respect to the rules applicable to foreign partnerships under the Final Regulations. The payment of the proceeds of the disposition of Common Stock by a holder to or through the U.S. office of a broker or through a non-U.S. branch of a U.S. broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a rate of 31% unless the holder either certifies its status as a Non-U.S. Holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of the proceeds of the disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of Common Stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting unless the non-U.S. broker has certain U.S. relationships. In the 67 case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of Common Stock effected by a foreign office of a broker that is a U.S. person or a 'U.S. related person,' existing regulations require information reporting on the payment unless the broker receives a statement from the owner, signed under penalty of perjury, certifying its non-U.S. status or the broker has documentary evidence in its files as to the Non-U.S. Holder's foreign status and the broker has no actual knowledge to the contrary. For this purpose, a 'U.S. related person' is (i) a 'controlled foreign corporation' for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from all sources for the three-year period ending with the close of its taxable year preceding the payment (or for such part of the period that the broker has been in existence) is derived from activities that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be refunded (or credited against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any) provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. 68 UNDERWRITING Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ('Merrill Lynch'), BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives (the 'U.S. Representatives') of each of the Underwriters named below (the 'U.S. Underwriters'). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a U.S. purchase agreement (the 'U.S. Purchase Agreement') among the Company and the U.S. Underwriters, and concurrently with the sale of shares of Common Stock to the International Managers (as defined below), the Company has agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters, and each of the U.S. Underwriters severally and not jointly has agreed to purchase from the Company the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below.
NUMBER OF U.S. UNDERWRITER SHARES --------- Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated................................................................... BT Alex. Brown Incorporated................................................................. Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation...................................................... Goldman, Sachs & Co......................................................................... --------- Total.......................................................................... --------- ---------
The Company has also entered into an international purchase agreement (the 'International Purchase Agreement') with certain underwriters outside the United States and Canada (the 'International Managers' and, together with the U.S. Underwriters, the 'Underwriters') for whom Merrill Lynch International, BT Alex. Brown International A Division of Bankers Trust International PLC, Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited and Goldman Sachs International are acting as lead managers (the 'Lead Managers'). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the International Purchase Agreement, and concurrently with the sale of shares of Common Stock to the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to sell to the International Managers, and the International Managers severally have agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of shares of Common Stock. The initial public offering price per share and the total underwriting discount per share of Common Stock are identical under the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement. In the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, the several U.S. Underwriters and the several International Managers, respectively, have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to each such agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to such agreement are purchased. Under certain circumstances, under the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, the commitments of non-defaulting Underwriters may be increased. The closings with respect to the sale of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers are conditioned upon one another. The U.S. Representatives have advised the Company that the U.S. Underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of Common Stock. The U.S. Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a discount not in excess of $ per share of Common Stock on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering 69 price, concession and discount may be changed. The Underwriters have agreed to pay certain expenses of the Company incurred in connection with the Offerings estimated at $ . The Company has granted options to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting discount. The U.S. Underwriters may exercise these options solely to cover over-allotments, if any, made on the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent that the U.S. Underwriters exercise these options, each U.S. Underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such U.S. Underwriter's initial amount reflected in the foregoing table. The Company also has granted options to the International Managers, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, on terms similar to those granted to the U.S. Underwriters. At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to of the shares offered hereby to be sold to certain employees of the Company and certain other persons. The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing of the Offerings will be offered by the Underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered hereby. The Company, the Company's executive officers and directors and all existing shareholders of the Company have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch on behalf of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus other than (i) the sale to the Underwriters of the shares of Common Stock in connection with the Offerings, (ii) upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, (iii) the issuance of options pursuant to the Stock Plan, or (iv) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act relating to Common Stock of the Company issued pursuant to the Company's Stock Plan. See 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale.' The U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have entered into an intersyndicate agreement (the 'Intersyndicate Agreement') that provides for the coordination of their activities. Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers are permitted to sell shares of Common Stock to each other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons, and the International Managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S. persons or to Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to U.S. or Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement. Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between the Company and the U.S. Representatives and the Lead Managers. The factors considered in determining the initial public offering price, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are price-earnings ratios of publicly traded companies that the U.S. Representatives believe to be comparable to the Company, certain financial information of the Company, the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in which it competes, and an assessment of the Company's management, its past and present operations, the prospects for, and timing of, future revenues of the Company, the present state of the Company's development, and the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to the Company. There can be no assurance 70 that an active trading market will develop for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the Offerings at or above the initial public offering price. Application has been made for listing of the Common Stock on the NYSE under the symbol 'MTD.' In order to meet the requirements for listing of the Common Stock on that exchange, the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners. The Company has agreed to indemnify the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the U.S. Underwriters and International Managers may be required to make in respect thereof. Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As an exception to these rules, the U.S. Representatives are permitted to engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock. If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in connection with the Offerings, i.e., if they sell more shares of Common Stock than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the U.S. Representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Common Stock in the open market. The U.S. Representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above. The U.S. Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the U.S. Representatives purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce the Underwriters' short position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of the Offerings. In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the Common Stock to the extent that it discourages resales of the Common Stock. Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition, neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the U.S. Representatives will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice. The Underwriters have from time to time provided investment banking financial advisory services to the Company and AEA Investors and its affiliates, for which they have received customary compensation, and may continue to do so in the future. Merrill Lynch served as lead manager and Credit Suisse First Boston served as a co-manager of the offering of the Notes in October 1996, Merrill Lynch served as the Arranger and Documentation Agent and Credit Suisse First Boston served as co-agent in connection with the Company's Credit Agreement in November 1996 and May 1997 for which they received customary compensation, and are acting in similar roles in connection with the New Credit Agreement for which they will receive customary compensation. Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and an affiliate of Merrill Lynch were lenders under the Credit Agreement and will be lenders under the New Credit Agreement. 71 LEGAL MATTERS Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (a partnership including professional corporations), London, England. Certain legal matters relating to the Offerings will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Debevoise & Plimpton, New York, New York. A partnership in which partners of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson are partners is a shareholder of the Company. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS The consolidated financial statements of MT Investors Inc. and subsidiaries (as defined in Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for each of the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by KPMG Fides Peat, independent auditors, as set forth in their reports appearing elsewhere herein and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. AVAILABLE INFORMATION The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby under the Securities Act. This Prospectus, which constitutes part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain items of which are omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further information pertaining to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto and the financial statements, notes and schedules filed as a part thereof. Statements contained in this Prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or therein are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or such other document, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected, without charge, at the public reference facility maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices located at Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Such materials can also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005 or on the Commission's site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. 72 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAGE ---- AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Independent Auditors' Report............................................................................. F-2 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996............................................. F-3 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996.................................................................................................. F-4 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets / Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996.................................................. F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996.......... F-7 Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements....................................................... F-8 UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997............................ F-26 Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997............ F-27 Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets / Shareholders' Equity for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997................................................................................ F-28 Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997............ F-30 Notes to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements................................................... F-31
F-1 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT The Board of Directors MT Investors Inc. We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MT Investors Inc. and subsidiaries (as defined in Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the related consolidated statements of operations, net assets / shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, the Predecessor periods, and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, the Successor period. These Audited Consolidated Financial Statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these Audited Consolidated Financial Statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of MT Investors Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, the Predecessor periods, and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, the Successor period, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. As more fully described in Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, MT Investors Inc. acquired the Mettler-Toledo Group as of October 15, 1996 in a business combination accounted for as a purchase. As a result of the acquisition, the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Successor period are presented on a different basis of accounting than that of the Predecessor periods, and therefore are not directly comparable. KPMG FIDES PEAT Zurich, Switzerland April 18, 1997 F-2 MT INVESTORS INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................... $ 41,402 $ 60,696 Due from Ciba and affiliates....................................................... 33,072 -- Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of $9,292 in 1995 and $8,388 in 1996.... 159,218 151,161 Inventories........................................................................ 110,986 102,526 Deferred taxes..................................................................... 6,180 7,565 Other current assets............................................................... 21,469 17,268 ------------ ------------ Total current assets 372,327 339,216 Property, plant and equipment, net................................................... 241,018 255,292 Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net of accumulated amortization of $17,268 in 1995 and $982 in 1996........................................................... 84,425 135,490 Long-term deferred taxes............................................................. 14,312 3,916 Other assets......................................................................... 12,012 37,974 ------------ ------------ Total assets.................................................................. $724,094 $771,888 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS / SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Trade accounts payable............................................................. $ 34,389 $ 32,797 Accrued and other liabilities...................................................... 107,118 115,314 Taxes payable...................................................................... 11,737 17,580 Deferred taxes..................................................................... 7,698 9,132 Bank and other loans............................................................... 29,513 80,446 Notes payable to Ciba and affiliates............................................... 91,132 -- ------------ ------------ Total current liabilities..................................................... 281,587 255,269 Long-term debt payable to Ciba and affiliates........................................ 145,097 -- Long-term debt due to third parties.................................................. 3,621 373,758 Long-term deferred taxes............................................................. 13,502 30,467 Other long-term liabilities.......................................................... 84,303 96,810 ------------ ------------ Total liabilities............................................................. 528,110 756,304 Minority interest.................................................................... 2,730 3,158 Net assets / shareholders' equity: Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: Class A non-voting, authorized 2,233,117 shares; issued 1,899,779 at December 31, 1996....................................................................... -- 19 Class B voting, authorized 1,000 shares; issued 1,000 at December 31, 1996...... -- 1 Class C non-voting, authorized 541,859 shares; issued 537,735 at December 31, 1996........................................................................... -- 5 Additional paid-in capital......................................................... -- 188,084 Accumulated deficit................................................................ -- (159,046) Capital employed................................................................... 162,604 -- Currency translation adjustment.................................................... 30,650 (16,637) ------------ ------------ Total net assets / shareholders' equity....................................... 193,254 12,426 ------------ ------------ Commitments and contingencies........................................................ Total liabilities and net assets / shareholders' equity.............................. $724,094 $771,888 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
See the accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements F-3 MT INVESTORS INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- TWELVE MONTHS TWELVE MONTHS FOR THE PERIOD FOR THE PERIOD ENDED ENDED JANUARY 1, 1996 OCTOBER 15, 1996 DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, TO OCTOBER 14, TO DECEMBER 31, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- Net sales................................. $ 769,136 $ 850,415 $ 662,221 $ 186,912 Cost of sales............................. 461,629 508,089 395,239 136,820 ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- Gross profit......................... 307,507 342,326 266,982 50,092 Research and development.................. 47,994 54,542 40,244 9,805 Selling, general and administrative....... 224,978 248,327 186,898 59,353 Amortization.............................. 6,437 2,765 2,151 1,065 Purchased research and development........ -- -- -- 114,070 Interest expense.......................... 13,307 18,219 13,868 8,738 Other charges (income), net............... (7,716) (9,331) (1,332) 17,137 ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- Earnings (loss) before taxes and minority interest.................. 22,507 27,804 25,153 (160,076) Provision for taxes....................... 8,676 8,782 10,055 (938) Minority interest......................... 347 768 637 (92) ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- Net earnings (loss).................. $ 13,484 $ 18,254 $ 14,461 $ (159,046) ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- Loss per common share: Weighted average number of common shares............................. 2,395,993 Loss per common share................ $ (63.38) ---------------- ----------------
See the accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements F-4 MT INVESTORS INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS / SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
PREDECESSOR -------------------------------------- FOR THE TWELVE MONTH PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995 AND FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996 TO OCTOBER 14, 1996 -------------------------------------- CURRENCY CAPITAL TRANSLATION EMPLOYED ADJUSTMENT TOTAL -------- ---------- -------- Net assets at December 31, 1993........................................ $202,643 $ (9,122) $193,521 Capital transactions with Ciba and affiliates.......................... 2,002 -- 2,002 Net earnings........................................................... 13,484 -- 13,484 Change in currency translation adjustment.............................. -- 19,187 19,187 -------- ---------- -------- Net assets at December 31, 1994........................................ 218,129 10,065 228,194 Capital transactions with Ciba and affiliates.......................... (73,779) -- (73,779) Net earnings........................................................... 18,254 -- 18,254 Change in currency translation adjustment.............................. -- 20,585 20,585 -------- ---------- -------- Net assets at December 31, 1995........................................ 162,604 30,650 193,254 Capital transactions with Ciba and affiliates.......................... (88,404) -- (88,404) Net earnings........................................................... 14,461 -- 14,461 Change in currency translation adjustment.............................. -- (6,538) (6,538) -------- ---------- -------- Net assets at October 14, 1996......................................... $ 88,661 $ 24,112 $112,773 -------- ---------- -------- -------- ---------- --------
See the accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements F-5 MT INVESTORS INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS/SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
SUCCESSOR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COMMON STOCK ---------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C ADDITIONAL ------------------- ------------------ ----------------- PAID-IN ACCUMULATED SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL DEFICIT --------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- ------------ ------------- Balance at October 15, 1996...... -- $ -- 1,000 $ 1 -- $ -- $ -- $ -- New issuance of shares........... 1,899,779 19 -- -- 537,735 5 188,084 -- Net loss......................... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (159,046) Change in currency translation adjustment..................... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- Balance at December 31, 1996..... 1,899,779 $ 19 1,000 $ 1 537,735 $ 5 $188,084 $ (159,046) --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- SUCCESSOR -------------------------- FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 -------------------------- CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT TOTAL ------------- ---------- Balance at October 15, 1996...... $ -- $ 1 New issuance of shares........... -- 188,108 Net loss......................... -- (159,046) Change in currency translation adjustment..................... (16,637) (16,637) ------------- ---------- Balance at December 31, 1996..... $ (16,637) $ 12,426 ------------- ---------- ------------- ----------
See the accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements F-6 MT INVESTORS INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------------------------------------------- ---------------- TWELVE MONTHS TWELVE MONTHS FOR THE PERIOD FOR THE PERIOD ENDED ENDED JANUARY 1, 1996 OCTOBER 15, 1996 DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, TO OCTOBER 14, TO DECEMBER 31, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- Cash flows from operating activities: Net earnings (loss).......................... $13,484 $18,254 $14,461 $ (159,046) Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation............................. 27,681 30,598 19,512 7,925 Amortization............................. 6,437 2,765 2,151 1,065 Write-off of purchased research and development and cost of sales associated with revaluation of inventories............................ -- -- -- 146,264 Net gain on disposal of long-term assets................................. (1,396) (1,053) (768) -- Deferred taxes........................... 740 (551) (1,934) (4,563) Minority interest........................ 347 768 637 (92) Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in: Trade accounts receivable, net....... (7,410) (9,979) 9,569 (10,159) Inventories.......................... (574) (607) 1,276 3,350 Other current assets................. 1,636 (3,058) 14,748 (10,605) Trade accounts payable............... (1,123) 1,437 (3,065) 3,415 Accruals and other liabilities, net................................ (5,728) 13,095 5,948 32,030 ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- Net cash provided by operating activities....................... 34,094 51,669 62,535 9,584 ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- Cash flows from investing activities: Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment.................................. 12,454 4,000 1,606 736 Purchase of property, plant and equipment.... (24,916) (25,858) (16,649) (11,928) Acquisition of Mettler-Toledo from Ciba...... -- -- -- (314,962) Investments in other long term assets, net... 162 (7,484) (1,632) 4,857 ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- Net cash used in investing activities....................... (12,300) (29,342) (16,675) (321,297) ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- Cash flows from financing activities: Borrowings of third party debt............... -- 3,983 -- 414,170 Repayments of third party debt............... (311) -- (13,464) -- Proceeds from issuance of common stock....... -- -- -- 188,108 Ciba and affiliates borrowings (repayments)............................... (9,187) (15,693) (26,589) (184,666) Capital transactions with Ciba and affiliates................................. 2,002 (37,361) (7,716) (80,687) ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities............. (7,496) (49,071) (47,769) 336,925 ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents............................. 10,040 4,344 (3,394) (615) ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.................................. 24,338 (22,400) (5,303) 24,597 Cash and cash equivalents: Beginning of period.......................... 39,464 63,802 41,402 36,099 ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- End of period................................ $63,802 $41,402 $36,099 $ 60,696 ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- ------------- ------------- ------- ---------------- Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash paid during the year for: Interest................................... $13,225 $18,927 $ 6,524 $ 17,874 Taxes...................................... 9,370 9,970 9,385 2,470 Non-cash financing and investing activities: Due to Ciba for capital transactions......... -- 36,418 -- --
See the accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements F-7 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACQUISITION MT Investors Inc. ('MT Investors') was incorporated by AEA Investors Inc. ('AEA') in December 1991. It was recapitalized to effect the acquisition of the Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba-Geigy AG ('Ciba') and its wholly owned subsidiary, AG fur Prazisionsinstrumente ('AGP'). Pursuant to the terms of a stock purchase agreement dated April 2, 1996 between MT Investors, AGP and Ciba, on October 15, 1996 MT Investors acquired the Mettler-Toledo Group in a transaction more fully described below. Between the date of formation and October 15, 1996, MT Investors had no substantive operations. In the accompanying Audited Consolidated Financial Statements the terms 'Mettler-Toledo' or the 'Company' when used in situations pertaining to periods prior to October 15, 1996 refer to the combined group of businesses sold by Ciba and when used in situations pertaining to periods subsequent to October 15, 1996 refer to MT Investors Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The combined historical financial information of the business acquired from Ciba prior to the acquisition on October 15, 1996 are referred to as 'Predecessor' while the consolidated financial information of the Company subsequent to the date of acquisition are referred to as 'Successor.' The accompanying Audited Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with United Sates generally accepted accounting principles. MT Investors acquired the Company on October 15, 1996 from a subsidiary of Ciba for cash consideration of SFr 504,996 (approximately $402,000) including dividends of SFr 109,406 (approximately $87,100) which were paid to Ciba by the Company in conjunction with the acquisition. In addition, the Company incurred expenses in connection with the acquisition and related financing of approximately $29,000, including approximately $5,500 paid to AEA Investors, and paid approximately $185,000 to settle amounts due to Ciba and affiliates. The Company has accounted for the acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the costs of the acquisition were allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired of approximately $137,500 is being amortized over 32 years. Because of this purchase price allocation, the accompanying financial statements of Successor are not directly comparable to those of the Predecessor. The following unaudited pro forma summary presents the consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the acquisition had been completed as of the beginning of each of the periods presented, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including the depreciation and amortization of the assets acquired based upon their fair values, increased interest expense from the financing of the acquisition and income tax effects. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to (i) in-process research and development projects, that have economic value (see Note 2) and (ii) the revaluation of inventories (see Note 4). These adjustments have not been reflected in the following pro forma summary due to their unusual and non-recurring nature. This pro forma summary does not necessarily reflect the results of operations as they would have been if the acquisition had been completed as of the beginning of such periods and is not necessarily indicative of the results which may be obtained in the future.
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION ----------------------------------- PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ----------------------------------- ------------------- YEAR ENDED FOR THE PERIOD FROM FOR THE PERIOD FROM DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 1, 1996 TO OCTOBER 15, 1996 1995 OCTOBER 14, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------ ------------------- ------------------- Net sales................................................. $850,415 $ 662,221 $ 186,912 Net loss.................................................. (5,396) (3,181) (3,182) Loss per common share(1).................................. N/A N/A (1.30)
- ------------------ N/A--Not applicable (1) The loss per common share for the Successor has been computed assuming the common shares issued in the Acquisition were outstanding at the beginning of the period. F-8 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACQUISITION--(CONTINUED) The foregoing pro forma financial information does not reflect the anticipated benefits to be derived in the future from the Company's 1996 employee reduction programs. 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Business Mettler-Toledo is a manufacturer and marketer of weighing instruments for use in laboratory, industrial and food retailing applications. The Company also manufacturers and sells certain related laboratory measurement instruments. The Company's manufacturing facilities are located in Switzerland, the United States, Germany and China. The Company's principal executive offices are located in Greifensee, Switzerland. Principles of Consolidation The Audited Consolidated Financial Statements include all of the entities of the Company. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of three months or less. Inventories Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost, which includes direct materials, labor and overhead plus indirect overhead, is determined using the first in, first out (FIFO) or weighted average cost methods and to a lesser extent the last in, first out (LIFO) method. Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows: Buildings and improvements................. 15 to 50 years Machinery and equipment.................... 3 to 12 years Computer software.......................... 3 years Leasehold improvements..................... Shorter of useful life or lease term
Beginning January 1, 1996 the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 (SFAS 121), 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.' SFAS 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In addition, SFAS 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be disposed of be reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Adoption of SFAS 121 had no material effect on the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Excess of cost over net assets acquired The excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, is amortized on a straight-line basis over 32 years being the expected period to be benefited. The Company assesses the recoverability of such amount by determining whether the amortization of the balance over its remaining life can be recovered from the undiscounted future operating cash flows of the acquired operation. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based on projected discounted future operating cash flows using a discount rate reflecting the F-9 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED) Company's average cost of funds. The assessment of the recoverability of the excess of cost over net assets acquired will be impacted if estimated future operating cash flows are not achieved. Deferred Financing Costs Debt financing costs, which were incurred by the Company in connection with borrowings incurred in connection with the acquisition discussed at Note 1, are deferred and amortized, over the life of the underlying indebtedness using the interest method. Taxation The Company files its own tax returns in each jurisdiction in which it operates. Prior to the acquisition discussed in Note 1, in certain jurisdictions the Company filed its tax returns jointly with other Ciba subsidiaries. The Company had a tax sharing arrangement with Ciba in these countries to share the tax burden or benefits. Such arrangement resulted in each company's tax burden or benefit equating to that which it would have incurred or received if it had been filing a separate tax return. Taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in which the Company operates that are expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Generally, deferred taxes are not provided on the unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside of the United States because it is expected that these earnings are permanently reinvested. Such earnings may become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends. Deferred taxes are provided in situations where the Company's subsidiaries plan to make future dividend distributions. Research and Development Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs, including customer engineering (which represents research and development charged to customers and, accordingly, is included in cost of sales), amounted to approximately $55,600, $62,400, $45,100 and $11,100 for the years ended 1994 and 1995 and for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, respectively. In connection with the acquisition discussed in Note 1 the Company allocated, based upon independent valuations, $114,070 of the purchase price to purchased research and development in process. Such amount was recorded as an expense in the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996. Currency Translation and Transactions The reporting currency for the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company is the United States dollar (USD). The functional currency for the Company's operations is generally the applicable local currency. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of companies whose functional currency is other than the USD are included in the consolidation by translating the assets and liabilities into the reporting currency at the exchange rates applicable at the end of the reporting year. The statements of operations and cash flows of such non-USD functional currency operations are translated at the monthly average exchange rates during the year. Translation gains or losses are accumulated as a separate component of net assets/shareholders' equity. Currency transaction gains or losses arising from transactions of Mettler-Toledo companies in currencies other than the functional currency are included in operations at each reporting period. F-10 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED) Derivative Financial Instruments The Company has only limited involvement with derivative financial instruments and does not use them for trading purposes. Derivative financial instruments in the form of currency forward and option contracts are entered into by the Company primarily as a hedge against anticipated currency exposures. Such contracts limit the Company's exposure to both favorable and unfavorable currency fluctuations. These contracts are adjusted to reflect market values as of each balance sheet date, with the resulting unrealized gains and losses being recognized in financial income or expense, as appropriate. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets and current liabilities approximates fair market value because of the short term maturity of these financial instruments. It is not practical to determine the fair value of balances with Ciba due to the related party nature of these financial instruments. See Note 5 and Note 12 for the fair values of the Company's derivative financial instruments and third party debt, respectively. Other financial instruments are not significant to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Stock Based Compensation The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 'Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees' and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plan. Earnings per Common Share Earnings per common share has been computed using the weighted average number of outstanding common shares during the Successor period. Earnings per common share for the Predecessor periods have been computed assuming the common shares issued in the acquisition discussed in Note 1 were outstanding during each of the periods presented. In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, 'Earnings per Share.' The Company has yet to determine the effect of this statement on its earnings per share. Concentration of Credit Risk The Company's revenue base is widely diversified by geographic region and by individual customer. The Company's products are utilized in many different industries, although extensively in the pharmaceutical and chemical industries. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers. Revenue Recognition Revenue is recognized when title to a product has transferred or services have been rendered. Revenues from service contracts are recognized over the contract period. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. F-11 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 3. DUE FROM CIBA AND AFFILIATES, NET The amount due from Ciba, net was comprised of the following:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Cash pool deposits......................................................... $ 22,239 $ -- Due from AGP, 6.5%, revolving repayment terms.............................. 10,833 -- ------------ ------------ $ 33,072 $ -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Prior to the acquisition discussed in Note 1, certain Mettler-Toledo companies participated in an arrangement with Ciba whereby excess cash was pooled into an account maintained by Ciba. The net deposit with Ciba in connection with this arrangement bore interest at the short-term money market rates available to Ciba. Prior to the acquisition Ciba also performed certain limited administrative services on behalf of the Company. The cost of such services, which was not charged to the Company nor included in the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, was not significant. 4. INVENTORIES Inventories consisted of the following:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Raw materials and parts.................................................... $ 45,523 $ 41,015 Work-in-progress........................................................... 38,191 31,534 Finished goods............................................................. 30,149 29,982 ------------ ------------ 113,863 102,531 LIFO reserve............................................................... (2,877) (5) ------------ ------------ $110,986 $102,526 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
At December 31, 1995 and 1996, 8.8% and 13.2% respectively, of the Company's inventories (certain U.S. companies only) were valued using the LIFO method of accounting. There were no material liquidations of LIFO inventories during the periods presented. In connection with the acquisition discussed in Note 1, the Company allocated approximately $32,200 of the purchase price to revalue certain inventories (principally work-in-process and finished goods) to fair value (net realizable value). Substantially all of such inventories were sold during the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996. 5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISKS The Company may be exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its currency forward and option contracts. The Company has no reason to believe, however, that such counterparties will not be able to fully satisfy their obligations under these contracts. At December 31, 1995, the Company had contracts maturing during 1996 to purchase the equivalent of approximately $23,300 and to sell the equivalent of approximately $27,900 in various currencies. At December 31, 1996, the Company had contracts maturing during 1997 to sell the equivalent of approximately $135,000 in various currencies in exchange for Swiss francs. These contracts were used to limit its exposure to F-12 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISKS--(CONTINUED) currency fluctuations on anticipated future cash flows, primarily for the delivery of United States dollars, German marks, French francs, British pounds and Japanese yen in exchange for Swiss francs. At December 31, 1995 and 1996, the fair value of such financial instruments, which the Company recognized as net unrealized gains (losses), was approximately $2,400 and $(5,100), respectively. 6. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS Other current assets consisted of the following:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Prepaid expenses........................................................... $ 4,703 $ 5,302 Other (including in 1995 net gains on derivative financial instruments).... 16,766 11,966 ------------ ------------ $ 21,469 $ 17,268 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT NET Property, plant and equipment, net, consisted of the following:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Land....................................................................... $ 31,535 $ 63,514 Buildings and leasehold improvements....................................... 186,608 120,173 Machinery and equipment.................................................... 237,457 75,675 Computer software.......................................................... 5,373 3,067 ------------ ------------ 460,973 262,429 Less accumulated depreciation and amortization............................. (219,955) (7,137) ------------ ------------ $241,018 $255,292 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
8. OTHER ASSETS Other assets consisted of the following:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated amortization of $820 in 1996... $ -- $ 22,015 Bank deposits-restricted cash.............................................. 4,697 5,960 Secured loans.............................................................. 2,911 2,805 Other...................................................................... 4,404 7,194 ------------ ------------ $ 12,012 $ 37,974 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Bank deposits-restricted cash at December 31, 1995 and 1996 principally represented deposits collateralizing a letter of credit given by a financial institution in connection with one of the Company's subsidiaries in the Peoples Republic of China. Other assets at December 31, 1996 included a loan due from the Company's Chief Executive Officer of approximately $740. Such loan bears an interest rate of 5% and is payable upon demand, which may not be made until 7 years after the date of the loan. F-13 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 9. BANK AND OTHER LOANS Bank and other loans consisted of the following:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Current maturities of long-term debt....................................... $ -- $ 8,968 Borrowings under revolving credit facility................................. -- 51,928 Other short-term borrowings................................................ 19,408 19,550 Borrowings under line of credit............................................ 10,105 -- ------------ ------------ $ 29,513 $ 80,446 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 1995 on the borrowings under the line of credit was approximately 8.0%. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 1996 on the borrowings under the revolving credit facility was approximately 4.1%. The Company had available revolving lines of credit and swingline facilities for short-term financing of approximately $75,000 at December 31, 1996 (See Note 12). 10. ACCRUED AND OTHER LIABILITIES Accrued and other liabilities consisted of the following:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Accrued payroll and vacation............................................... $ 26,400 $ 26,239 Social benefits and payroll taxes.......................................... 9,563 9,218 Severance and other cost provisions........................................ 1,890 12,783 Interest................................................................... 4,731 6,858 Losses on derivative financial instruments................................. -- 5,137 Other taxes payable........................................................ 8,190 5,402 Warranty................................................................... 6,420 6,803 Other liabilities.......................................................... 49,924 42,874 ------------ ------------ $107,118 $115,314 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Warranties on Mettler-Toledo products are generally for one year. The Company provides for warranty costs, which have not been significant, based on historical experience. 11. DEBT PAYABLE TO CIBA AND AFFILIATES The Company's debt obligations to Ciba and affiliates consisted of the following: Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Unsecured notes payable: AGP, 4.25%, due February 29, 1996.......................................... $ 26,517 $ -- Due to Ciba for capital transactions....................................... 36,418 -- Other unsecured short-term debt to Ciba, varying interest rates and maturities............................................................... 28,197 -- ------------ ------------ $ 91,132 $ -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
F-14 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 11. DEBT PAYABLE TO CIBA AND AFFILIATES--(CONTINUED) Long-term obligations are summarized as follows:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Unsecured notes payable to Ciba and affiliates: AGP, 8.4%, due October 14, 1996.......................................... $122,000 $ -- AGP, 6%, due October 14, 1996............................................ 20,000 -- Other unsecured long-term debt to Ciba, varying interest rates and maturities............................................................ 3,097 -- ------------ ------------ $145,097 $ -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Interest expense on debt payable to Ciba and affiliates for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 was $10,506, $15,693, and $10,955, respectively. 12. DEBT PAYABLE TO THIRD PARTIES Long-term debt payable to third parties consist of the following:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ 9.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due October 1, 2006........................ $ -- $135,000 Credit Agreement: Term A Loans, interest at LIBOR plus 2.5% (4.38% at December 31, 1996) payable in quarterly installments beginning March 31, 1997 due December 31, 2002................................................................. -- 92,730 Term B Loans, interest at LIBOR plus 3.00% (8.53% at December 31, 1996) payable in quarterly installments beginning March 31, 1997 due December 31, 2003................................................................. -- 75,000 Term C(CH) and C(US) Loans, interest at LIBOR plus 3.25% (8.78% at December 31, 1996) payable in quarterly installments beginning March 31, 1997 due December 31, 2004............................................... -- 72,000 Revolving credit facility................................................ -- 51,928 Other...................................................................... 3,621 27,546 3,621 454,204 Less current maturities.................................................... -- 80,446 ------------ ------------ $ 3,621 $373,758 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
To provide a portion of the financing required for the acquisition and for working capital and for general corporate purposes thereafter, in October, 1996 Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a credit agreement with various banks. Loans under the credit agreement consist of: (i) Term A Loans in an aggregate principal amount of SFr. 125,000 ($92,730 at December 31, 1996), (ii) Term B Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $75,000, (iii) Term C(CH) loans in an aggregate principal amount of $32,000, and (iv) Term C(US) Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $40,000 (the Term A Loans, the Term B Loans the Term C(CH) Loans and Term C(US) Loans are referred to collectively as the 'term loans'), and (v) a multi-currency revolving credit facility that may be borrowed in an aggregate principal amount of $140,000, and includes letter of credit and swingline F-15 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 12. DEBT PAYABLE TO THIRD PARTIES--(CONTINUED) subfacilities available to certain subsidiaries (the 'revolving facility' and together with the term loans, the 'credit facilities'). Loans under the revolving facility may be repaid and reborrowed and are due in full on February 18, 1997. The Company is required to pay a facility fee equal to 0.05% per annum on the amount of the revolving facility and letter of credit fees on the aggregate face amount of letters of credit under the revolving facility. At December 31, 1996 the Company had available approximately $75,000 of additional borrowing capacity. The credit agreement contains covenants that, among other things, limit the Company's ability to incur liens; merge, consolidate or dispose of assets; make loans and investments; incur indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; incur certain contingent obligations; pay dividends and other distributions; prepay the Notes; or make capital expenditures. The credit agreement also requires the Company to maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and to maintain a ratio of total debt to EBITDA below a specified maximum. The aggregate maturities of long-term obligations during each of the years 1998 through 2001 are approximately $12,800, $15,600, $19,300 and $23,000, respectively. The estimated fair value of the Company's Senior Subordinated Notes at December 31, 1996 was approximately $142,000. The estimated fair value of the obligations under the credit agreement approximate fair value due to the variable rate nature of the obligations. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. Fair value estimates were based on the amount of future cash flows discounted using the Company's current borrowing rate for loans of comparable maturity. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. 13. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY As of December 31, 1996, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 2,775,976 shares of common stock, $.01 par value of which 2,233,117 shares were designated as Class A common stock, 1,000 shares were designated as Class B common stock and 541,859 shares were designated as Class C common stock. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding 1,899,779 shares of Class A common stock, 1,000 shares of Class B common stock and 537,735 shares of Class C common stock. Additionally, 333,117 shares of Class A common stock are reserved for the Company's stock option plan (See Note 14). Holders of the Company's common stock have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. Except as described below, the Company's three classes of common stock have identical rights under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. Dividends or distributions in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company or not paid out of the current and accumulated earnings and profits shall be paid in the following manner. First, exclusively to the holders of the shares of Class A common stock, ratably to each such holder, until the sum of all dividends and distributions to each holder of Class A common stock equals $100 for each share of Class A common stock held by such holder. After each holder of shares of Class A common stock shall have received dividends and distributions totaling $100, then exclusively to the holders of the shares of Class B common and Class C common stock ratably to each such holder until the sum of all dividends and distributions to each holder of Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock equals $100 for each share of Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock held by such holder. After each holder of Class B common stock and Class C common stock shall have received such dividends and distributions, then to all holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock, ratably to each holder of such shares. Class A and C common stock shareholders have no voting rights. F-16 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 14. STOCK OPTION PLAN Effective October 15, 1996, MT Investors adopted a stock option plan to provide certain key employees and/or directors of the Company additional incentive to join and/or remain in the service of the Company as well as to maintain and enhance the long-term performance and profitability of the Company. The plan reserves 333,117 shares of Class A non-voting common stock of MT Investors. Under the terms of the plan, options granted shall be nonqualified and the exercise price, as determined by the committee, shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share of such common stock on the date of grant. Options may not be exercised until the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to certain acceleration clauses and expire on October 15, 2006. Stock option activity is shown below (per share average option price amounts in whole dollars):
OPTION PRICE -------------------- NUMBER PER SHARE TOTAL OF SHARES AVERAGE PRICE --------- --------- ------- Granted during the period October 15, 1996, to December 31, 1996................................................ 278,988 $ 100.00 $27,899 Exercised............................................................. -- -- -- Forfeited............................................................. -- -- -- --------- --------- ------- Outstanding at December 31, 1996...................................... 278,988 $ 100.00 $27,899 --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- ------- Shares exerciseable at December 31, 1996.............................. -- $ -- $ -- --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------
As of the date granted, the weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options was approximately $25.00 per share. Such weighted-average grant-date fair value was determined using an option pricing model assuming: (i) an expected option life of seven years, (ii) no dividends are expected to be paid in the foreseeable future, and (iii) a risk free interest rate of 4%. The Company applies Accounting Standards Board Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plan as all options have been issued at fair market value. The Company's net loss for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 would not have been materially different had compensation cost been determined consistent with Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 'Accounting for Stock Based Compensation.' 15. BENEFIT PLANS Mettler-Toledo maintains a number of retirement plans for the benefit of its employees. Certain companies sponsor defined contribution plans. Benefits are determined and funded annually based upon the terms of the plans. Contributions under these plans amounted to $9,042, $9,413, $9,484 and $2,496 in 1994, 1995, for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, respectively. Certain companies sponsor defined benefit plans. Benefits are also provided to employees under defined benefit plans primarily based upon years of service and employees' compensation for certain periods during the last years of employment. F-17 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 15. BENEFIT PLANS--(CONTINUED) The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Company's principal defined benefit plans at December 31, 1995 and 1996:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ---------------------------- ---------------------------- DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ACCUMULATED ACCUMULATED ASSETS EXCEED BENEFITS ASSETS EXCEED BENEFITS ACCUMULATED EXCEED ACCUMULATED EXCEED BENEFITS ASSETS BENEFITS ASSETS ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligations: Vested benefits............................. $ 8,582 $ 90,698 $10,211 $ 97,639 Non-vested benefits......................... 90 3,122 16 2,280 ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- 8,672 93,820 10,227 99,919 ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- Projected benefit obligations................. 10,737 100,820 12,458 108,504 Plan assets at fair value..................... 10,546 40,091 13,336 50,609 ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- Projected benefit obligations in excess of (less than) plan assets..................... 191 60,729 (878) 57,895 Unrecognized prior service (cost) benefit..... (183) 252 -- -- Unrecognized net (losses) gains............... (188) (247) 22 1,479 Unrecognized transition obligations........... -- (3,851) -- -- ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- (Prepaid) accrued pension costs............... $ (180) $ 56,883 $ (856) $ 59,374 ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------- -----------
The (prepaid) accrued pension costs are recognized in the accompanying Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as other long-term assets and other long term liabilities, respectively. The assumed discount rates and rates of increase in future compensation level used in calculating the projected benefit obligations vary according to the economic conditions of the country in which the retirement plans are situated. The range of rates used for the purposes of the above calculations are as follows:
1995 1996 ------------- ------------ Discount rates......................................................... 6.5% to 8.0% 6.0% - 8.5% Compensation increase rates............................................ 2.5% to 6.0% 2.0% - 6.5%
The expected long term rates of return on plan assets ranged between 9.5% and 11.0% in 1994, 9.5% and 10.0% for 1995, and 7.0% and 10.0% for 1996. The assumptions used above have a significant effect on the reported amounts of projected benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost. For example, increasing the assumed discount rate would have the effect of decreasing the projected benefit obligation and increasing unrecognized net gains. Increasing the assumed compensation increase rate would increase the projected benefit obligation and decrease unrecognized net gains. Increasing the expected long-term rate of return on investments would decrease unrecognized net gains. Plan assets relate principally to the Company's U.S. companies and consist of equity investments, obligations of the U.S. Treasury or other governmental agencies, and other interest-bearing investments. F-18 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 15. BENEFIT PLANS--(CONTINUED) Net periodic pension cost for all of the plans above includes the following components:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------------------------------------------- ---------------- TWELVE MONTHS TWELVE MONTHS FOR THE PERIOD FOR THE PERIOD ENDED ENDED JANUARY 1, 1996 OCTOBER 15, 1996 DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, TO OCTOBER 14, TO DECEMBER 31, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- Service cost (benefits earned during the period)........................ $ 3,833 $ 3,668 $ 3,850 $ 1,013 Interest cost on projected benefit obligations........................ 6,426 7,561 6,540 1,721 Actual return on plan assets......... (2,725) (8,653) (6,079) (1,600) Net amortization and deferral........ (170) 5,137 2,485 -- ------------- ------------- --------------- -------- Net periodic pension expense......... $ 7,364 $ 7,713 $ 6,796 $ 1,134 ------------- ------------- --------------- -------- ------------- ------------- --------------- --------
The Company's U.S. operations provide postretirement medical benefits to their employees. Employee contributions for medical benefits are related to employee years of service. The following table sets forth the status of the U.S. postretirement plans and amounts recognized in the Company's Audited Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 1995 and 1996:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Accumulated postretirement benefit obligations: Retire................................................................... $ 27,682 $ 25,894 Fully eligible........................................................... 1,196 3,033 Other.................................................................... 2,361 3,098 ------------ ------------ 31,239 32,025 Unrecognized net loss...................................................... (6,261) (540) Unrecognized prior service benefit......................................... 692 -- Unrecognized transition obligation......................................... (1,389) -- ------------ ------------ Accrued postretirement benefit cost........................................ $ 24,281 $ 31,485 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the above plans includes the following components:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------------------------------------------- ---------------- TWELVE MONTHS TWELVE MONTHS FOR THE PERIOD FOR THE PERIOD ENDED ENDED JANUARY 1, 1996 OCTOBER 15, 1996 DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, TO OCTOBER 14, TO DECEMBER 31, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------- Service cost (benefits earned during the period)........................ $ 333 $ 285 $ 431 $ 114 Interest cost on projected benefit obligations........................ 2,193 2,371 1,795 472 Net amortization and deferral........ 82 99 343 -- ------------- ------------- --------------- -------- Net periodic postretirement benefit cost............................... $ 2,608 $ 2,755 $ 2,569 $ 586 ------------- ------------- --------------- -------- ------------- ------------- --------------- --------
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and net periodic postretirement benefit cost were principally determined using discount rates of 7.3% in 1994 and 1995, and 7.6% in 1996, and health care cost trend rates ranging from 9.5% to 12.25% in 1994, 1995, and 1996 decreasing to 5.0% in 2005. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and net periodic postretirement benefit cost. For example, in 1996 the effect of a one-percentage-point F-19 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 15. BENEFIT PLANS--(CONTINUED) increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate would be an increase of $3,064 on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations and an increase of $71 on the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of the net periodic benefit cost. 16. TAXES The sources of the Company's earnings (loss) before taxes and minority interest were as follows:
PREDECESSOR -------------------------------------------------- TWELVE MONTHS TWELVE MONTHS FOR THE PERIOD ENDED ENDED JANUARY 1, 1996 DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, TO OCTOBER 14, 1994 1995 1996 ------------- ------------- ---------------- Switzerland............................................ $ 9,855 $11,431 $ 21,241 Non-Switzerland........................................ 12,652 16,373 3,912 ------------- ------------- ---------------- Earnings before taxes and minority interest............ $22,507 $27,804 $ 25,153 ------------- ------------- ---------------- ------------- ------------- ----------------
SUCCESSOR ---------------- FOR THE PERIOD OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 ---------------- United States.......................................................................... $ (37,293) Non-United States...................................................................... (122,783) ---------------- Earnings before taxes and minority interest............................................ $ (160,076) ---------------- ----------------
The provision (benefit) for taxes consists of:
CURRENT DEFERRED TOTAL ------- -------- ------- Predecessor: Year ended December 31, 1994: Switzerland Federal..................................................... $ 1,182 $ (32) $ 1,150 Switzerland Canton (State) and Local.................................... 1,215 (53) 1,162 Non-Switzerland......................................................... 5,538 826 6,364 ------- -------- ------- $ 7,935 $ 741 $ 8,676 ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- ------- Year ended December 31, 1995: Switzerland Federal..................................................... $ 513 $ (92) $ 421 Switzerland Canton (State) and Local.................................... 481 (505) (24) Non-Switzerland......................................................... 8,339 46 8,385 ------- -------- ------- $ 9,333 $ (551) $ 8,782 ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- ------- For the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996: Switzerland Federal..................................................... $ 2,152 $ (172) $ 1,980 Switzerland Canton (State) and Local.................................... 4,305 (344) 3,961 Non-Switzerland......................................................... 5,532 (1,418) 4,114 ------- -------- ------- $11,989 $ (1,934) $10,055 ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- ------- Successor: For the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996: United States Federal................................................... $ 475 $ (1,556) $(1,081) United States State and Local........................................... 696 (183) 513 Non-United States....................................................... 2,454 (2,824) (370) ------- -------- ------- $ 3,625 $ (4,563) $ (938) ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------
F-20 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 16. TAXES--(CONTINUED) The provision for tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 where the Company operated as a group of businesses owned by Ciba differed from the amounts computed by applying the Switzerland federal income tax rate of 9.8% to earnings before taxes and minority interest as a result of the following:
PREDECESSOR ------------------------------------------------- TWELVE MONTHS TWELVE MONTHS FOR THE PERIOD ENDED ENDED JANUARY 1, 1996 DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, TO OCTOBER 14, 1994 1995 1996 ------------- ------------- --------------- Expected tax........................................... $ 2,206 $ 2,725 $ 2,465 Switzerland Canton (state) and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit........................ 1,048 (21) 3,573 Non-deductible intangible amortization................. 249 248 205 Change in valuation allowance.......................... (716) 1,603 1,235 Non-Switzerland income taxes in excess of 9.8%......... 5,591 4,968 2,291 Other, net............................................. 298 (741) 286 ------------- ------------- --------------- Total provision for taxes.............................. $ 8,676 $ 8,782 $10,055 ------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- ------------- ---------------
The provision for tax expense (benefit) for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, subsequent to the reorganization of the Company under MT Investors Inc. and the acquisition described in Note 1, differed from the amounts computed by applying the United States federal income tax rate of 35% to the loss before taxes and minority interest.
SUCCESSOR ---------------- FOR THE PERIOD OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 ---------------- Expected tax........................................................................... $(56,027) United States state and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit.......... 333 Non-deductible purchased research and development...................................... 39,925 Non-deductible intangible amortization................................................. 336 Change in valuation allowance.......................................................... 4,662 Benefits of Non-United States income taxes less than 35%............................... 10,037 Other, net............................................................................. (204) ---------------- Total provision for taxes.............................................................. $ (938) ---------------- ----------------
F-21 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 16. TAXES--(CONTINUED) The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Deferred tax assets: Inventory................................................................ $ 9,706 $ 7,974 Accrued and other liabilities............................................ 6,129 7,046 Deferred loss on sale of subsidiaries.................................... 7,807 7,907 Accrued postretirement benefit costs..................................... 9,227 11,334 Accrued pension costs.................................................... 6,276 7,709 Net operating loss carryforwards......................................... 10,140 15,817 Other.................................................................... 3,000 408 ------------ ------------ Total deferred tax assets.................................................. 52,285 58,195 Less valuation allowance................................................... (21,166) (46,714) ------------ ------------ Total deferred tax assets less valuation allowance......................... 31,119 11,481 ------------ ------------ Deferred tax liabilities: Inventory................................................................ 5,952 5,618 Property, plant and equipment............................................ 21,675 31,123 Other.................................................................... 4,200 2,858 ------------ ------------ Total deferred tax liabilities............................................. 31,827 39,599 ------------ ------------ Net deferred tax liability................................................. $ 708 $ 28,118 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
The net change in the total valuation allowance, including changes resulting from translation of such amounts from the local functional currencies to the reporting currency and the effect of the acquisition discussed in Note 1, for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 was a decrease of $716 for the year ended December 31, 1994, an increase of $1,603 for the year ended December 31, 1995, an increase of $1,111 for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and an increase of $24,437 for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996. Of the increase in the valuation allowance of $24,437 during the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, $19,882 was recognized as an increase in goodwill resulting from the acquisition discussed in Note 1. Should a reduction of such valuation allowance be justified in the future, the amount of any reduction would accordingly reduce goodwill. The Company has established valuation allowances primarily for net operating losses, deferred losses on the sale of subsidiaries as well as postretirement and pension costs as follows:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ------------ DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ Summary of valuation allowances: Cumulative net operating losses.......................................... $ 10,140 $ 15,817 Deferred losses on sale of subsidiaries.................................. 7,807 7,907 Accrued postretirement benefit costs..................................... -- 10,786 Accrued pension costs.................................................... -- 7,336 Other.................................................................... 3,219 4,868 ------------ ------------ Total valuation allowance................................................ $ 21,166 $ 46,714 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
At December 31, 1996, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards in various countries for income tax purposes of $59,076. Of this amount, $25,131 had no expiration date, relating to subsidiaries in Sweden, F-22 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 16. TAXES--(CONTINUED) Belgium, Australia, United Kingdom, Austria, Brazil and France. Additionally, there were operating losses at that date in various other countries in the amount of $33,945 which expire in varying amounts through 2011. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. 17. OTHER CHARGES (INCOME), NET Other charges (income) consist of the following for the years ended December 31:
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR -------------------------------------------------- ---------------- TWELVE MONTHS TWELVE MONTHS FOR THE PERIOD FOR THE PERIOD ENDED ENDED JANUARY 1, 1996 OCTOBER 15, 1996 DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, TO OCTOBER 14, TO DECEMBER 31, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ------------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- Interest income...................... $(4,386) $(5,388) $ (3,424) $ (1,079) Foreign currency transactions, net... (478) (3,242) 220 8,324 Severance and other exit costs....... -- -- 1,872 10,762 Other................................ (2,852) (701) -- (870) ------------- ------------- -------- ---------------- Total................................ $(7,716) $(9,331) $ (1,332) $ 17,137 ------------- ------------- -------- ---------------- ------------- ------------- -------- ----------------
Severance and other exit costs for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 of $1,872 represent employee severance of $1,545 and other exit costs of $327 associated with the closing of its Westerville, Ohio facility. Severance costs for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 principally represent employee severance benefits associated with (i) the Company's general headcount reduction programs, in Europe and North America, of $4,557 which were announced during such period, and (ii) the realignment of the analytical and precision balance business in Switzerland of $6,205 which was internally announced in December, 1996. In connection with such programs the Company reduced its workforce by 168 employees in 1996 and intends to further reduce its workforce by approximately 70 employees. Other income in 1994 and 1995 primarily relates to gains from sales of property, and in 1994 to a gain on sale of a cost basis investment. 18. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Operating Leases The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under operating leases. The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows at December 31, 1996: 1997........................................................... $11,582 1998........................................................... 8,521 1999........................................................... 5,494 2000........................................................... 2,236 2001........................................................... 1,298 Thereafter..................................................... 1,447 ------- Total........................................................ $30,578 ------- -------
Rent expense for operating leases amounted to $16,493, $13,034 and $3,430 in 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, respectively. Legal The Company is party to various legal proceedings, including certain environmental matters, incidental to the normal course of business. Management does not expect that any of such proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. F-23 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 19. GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT INFORMATION The tables below shows the Company's operations by geographic region. Transfers between geographic regions are priced to reflect consideration of market conditions and the regulations of the countries in which the transferring entities are located.
TRANSFERS BETWEEN TOTAL EARNINGS TWELVE MONTHS ENDED NET SALES BY NET SALES BY GEOGRAPHIC NET SALES BEFORE INTEREST DECEMBER 31, 1994 DESTINATION ORIGIN AREAS BY ORIGIN AND TAXES - --------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- Switzerland (1).................. $ 31,992 $ 89,495 $ 133,583 $ 223,078 $10,516 Germany.......................... 126,527 133,772 37,056 170,828 10,034 Other Europe..................... 215,230 192,557 776 193,333 1,665 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- Total Europe..................... 373,749 415,824 171,415 587,239 22,215 United States.................... 269,034 300,244 29,877 330,121 10,111 Other Americas................... 56,628 33,204 64 33,268 939 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- Total Americas................... 325,662 333,448 29,941 363,389 11,050 Asia and other................... 69,725 19,864 75 19,939 238 Eliminations..................... -- -- (201,431) (201,431) (2,553) ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- Totals........................... $769,136 $739,136 $ -- $ 769,136 $30,950 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- ---------------
TRANSFERS BETWEEN TOTAL EARNINGS TWELVE MONTHS ENDED NET SALES BY NET SALES BY GEOGRAPHIC NET SALES BEFORE INTEREST TOTAL DECEMBER 31, 1995 DESTINATION ORIGIN AREAS BY ORIGIN AND TAXES ASSETS - -------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- --------- Switzerland (1)................. $ 41,820 $102,712 $ 159,453 $ 262,165 $ 6,316 $ 593,955 Germany......................... 151,974 158,393 47,379 205,772 14,799 196,460 Other Europe.................... 247,802 228,939 799 229,738 2,080 123,431 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- --------- Total Europe.................... 441,596 490,044 207,631 697,675 23,195 913,846 United States................... 263,945 298,053 29,578 327,631 7,363 257,956 Other Americas.................. 52,966 32,732 131 32,863 950 14,474 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- --------- Total Americas.................. 316,911 330,785 29,709 360,494 8,313 272,430 Asia and other.................. 91,908 29,586 97 29,683 2,331 31,777 Eliminations.................... -- -- (237,437) (237,437) 3,554 (493,959) ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- --------- Totals.......................... $850,415 $850,415 $ -- $ 850,415 $37,393 $ 724,094 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- --------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- ---------
TRANSFERS FOR THE PERIOD BETWEEN TOTAL EARNINGS JANUARY 1, 1996 TO NET SALES BY NET SALES BY GEOGRAPHIC NET SALES BEFORE INTEREST OCTOBER 14, 1996 DESTINATION ORIGIN AREAS BY ORIGIN AND TAXES - -------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- Switzerland (1)................. $ 32,282 $ 74,303 $ 126,423 $ 200,726 $17,299 Germany......................... 104,961 114,015 35,583 149,598 9,631 Other Europe.................... 186,823 171,061 840 171,901 1,928 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- Total Europe.................... 324,066 359,379 162,846 522,225 28,858 United States................... 217,636 246,180 22,753 268,933 8,508 Other Americas.................. 47,473 25,925 3 25,928 618 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- Total Americas.................. 265,109 272,105 22,756 294,861 9,126 Asia and other.................. 73,046 30,737 265 31,002 1,241 Eliminations.................... -- -- (185,867) (185,867) (3,408) ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- Totals.......................... $662,221 $662,221 $ -- $ 662,221 $35,817 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- ---------------
F-24 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 19. GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
TRANSFERS FOR THE PERIOD BETWEEN TOTAL EARNINGS OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO NET SALES BY NET SALES BY GEOGRAPHIC NET SALES BEFORE INTEREST TOTAL DECEMBER 31, 1996 DESTINATION ORIGIN AREAS BY ORIGIN AND TAXES(2) ASSETS - ----------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- -------- Switzerland (1).................... $ 8,415 $ 15,892 $ 39,570 $ 55,462 $ (99,233) $432,387 Germany............................ 29,688 29,117 10,965 40,082 (5,209) 170,845 Other Europe....................... 58,598 59,688 485 60,173 (4,971) 126,063 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- -------- Total Europe....................... 96,701 104,697 51,020 155,717 (109,413) 729,295 United States...................... 56,405 64,109 6,731 70,840 (32,519) 477,762 Other Americas..................... 13,436 7,371 3 7,374 (753) 17,730 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- -------- Total Americas..................... 69,841 71,480 6,734 78,214 (33,272) 495,492 Asia and other..................... 20,370 10,735 28 10,763 (1,919) 48,245 Eliminations....................... -- -- (57,782) (57,782) 511 (501,144) ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- -------- Totals............................. $186,912 $186,912 $ -- $ 186,912 $(144,093) $771,888 ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- -------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------------- --------
- ------------------ (1) Includes Corporate. (2) The effect of non-recurring acquisition charges arising from in-process research and development projects ($114.1 million) and the revaluation of inventories to fair value ($32.2 million) by region are as follows: Europe........................... $108,100 Americas......................... 36,000 Asia/Rest of World............... 2,200 -------- --------
20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) Reorganization Concurrently with the Offerings described elsewhere in this Prospectus (i) Mettler-Toledo Holding, Inc. will be merged with and into MT Investors (the 'Merger'), with MT Investors being the surviving corporation, (ii) as part of the Merger, MT Investors will convert each share of its existing Class A, Class B and Class C common stock, at a specified ratio, into shares of Common Stock and (iii) MT Investors will change its name to Mettler-Toledo International Inc. Preferred Stock The Board of Directors, without further shareholder authorization, will be authorized to issue shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to determine and fix the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, including dividend rights and preferences over dividends on the Common Stock and one or more series of the Preferred Stock, conversion rights, voting rights (in addition to those provided by law), redemption rights and the terms of any sinking fund therefor, and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, including preferences over the Common Stock and one or more series of the Preferred Stock. Although the Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock following the consummation of the Offerings, the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company or an unsolicited acquisition proposal. F-25 MT INVESTORS INC. INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND JUNE 30, 1997 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
SUCCESSOR SUCCESSOR ------------ ----------- DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30, 1996 1997 ------------ ----------- (UNAUDITED) ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents............................................................ $ 60,696 $ 31,275 Trade accounts receivable, net....................................................... 151,161 158,577 Inventories.......................................................................... 102,526 109,398 Deferred taxes....................................................................... 7,565 9,390 Other current assets................................................................. 17,268 19,854 ------------ ----------- Total current assets............................................................ 339,216 328,494 Property, plant and equipment, net..................................................... 255,292 250,381 Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net........................................... 135,490 181,284 Long-term deferred taxes............................................................... 3,916 4,324 Other assets........................................................................... 37,974 22,652 ------------ ----------- Total assets.................................................................... $771,888 $ 787,135 ------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) Current liabilities: Trade accounts payable............................................................... $ 32,797 $ 28,844 Accrued and other liabilities........................................................ 115,314 121,075 Taxes payable........................................................................ 17,580 23,683 Deferred taxes....................................................................... 9,132 8,606 Bank and other loans................................................................. 80,446 70,476 ------------ ----------- Total current liabilities....................................................... 255,269 252,684 Long-term debt due to third parties.................................................... 373,758 440,605 Long-term deferred taxes............................................................... 30,467 28,133 Other long-term liabilities............................................................ 96,810 93,315 ------------ ----------- Total liabilities............................................................... 756,304 814,737 Minority interest...................................................................... 3,158 3,529 Shareholders' equity (deficit): Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: Class A non-voting, authorized 2,233,117 shares at December 31, 1996 and 2,235,896 at June 30, 1997; issued 1,899,779 at December 31, 1996 and 1,902,779 at June 30, 1997............................................................................. 19 19 Class B voting, authorized 1,000 shares; issued 1,000 at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997.................................................................... 1 1 Class C non-voting, authorized 541,859 shares; issued 537,735 at December 31, 1996 and 538,592 at June 30, 1997..................................................... 5 5 Additional paid-in capital........................................................... 188,084 188,384 Accumulated deficit.................................................................. (159,046) (195,333) Currency translation adjustment...................................................... (16,637) (24,207) ------------ ----------- Total shareholders' equity (deficit)............................................ 12,426 (31,131) ------------ ----------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit)................................... $771,888 $ 787,135 ------------ ----------- ------------ -----------
See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements F-26 MT INVESTORS INC. INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ----------- ----------- JUNE 30, JUNE 30, 1996 1997 ----------- ----------- (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) Net sales............................................................................ $ 423,802 $ 417,814 Cost of sales........................................................................ 252,203 237,516 ----------- ----------- Gross profit....................................................................... 171,599 180,298 Research and development............................................................. 25,054 22,444 Selling, general and administrative.................................................. 120,531 126,351 Amortization......................................................................... 1,270 2,333 Purchased research and development................................................... -- 29,959 Interest expense..................................................................... 8,346 19,170 Other charges (income), net.......................................................... (965) 2,191 ----------- ----------- Earnings (loss) before taxes minority interest and extraordinary item........................................ 17,363 (22,150) Provision for taxes.................................................................. 6,830 4,337 Minority interest.................................................................... 526 248 ----------- ----------- Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item.......................................... 10,007 (26,735) Extraordinary item--debt extinguishment.............................................. -- 9,552 ----------- ----------- Net earnings (loss)................................................................ $ 10,007 $ (36,287) ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Loss per common share: Weighted average number of common shares........................................... 2,440,443 Loss per common share before extraordinary item.................................... $ (10.96) Extraordinary item................................................................. (3.91) ----------- Loss per common share.............................................................. $ (14.87) ----------- -----------
See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements F-27 MT INVESTORS INC. INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS / SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 (IN THOUSANDS)
PREDECESSOR ---------------------------------- SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 ---------------------------------- CURRENCY CAPITAL TRANSLATION EMPLOYED ADJUSTMENT TOTAL -------- ---------- -------- Net assets at December 31, 1995.................................... $162,604 $ 30,650 $193,254 Capital transactions with Ciba and affiliates...................... 1,353 -- 1,353 Net earnings....................................................... 10,007 -- 10,007 Change in currency translation adjustment.......................... -- (11,252) (11,252) -------- ---------- -------- Net assets at June 30, 1996........................................ $173,964 $ 19,398 $193,362 -------- ---------- -------- -------- ---------- --------
See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements F-28 MT INVESTORS INC. INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS / SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
SUCCESSOR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ COMMON STOCK ---------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C ADDITIONAL CURRENCY ------------------- ------------------ ----------------- PAID-IN ACCUMULATED TRANSLATION SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL DEFICIT ADJUSTMENT --------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- ------------ ------------- ------------- Balance at December 15, 1996................... 1,899,779 $ 19 1,000 $ 1 537,735 $ 5 $188,084 $(159,046) $ (16,637) New issuance of shares... 3,000 -- -- -- 857 -- 300 -- -- Net loss................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (36,287) -- Change in currency translation adjustment............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (7,570) --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- ------------- Balance at June 30, 1997................... 1,902,779 $ 19 1,000 $ 1 538,592 $ 5 $188,384 $(195,333) $ (24,207) --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- ------------- --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- ------------- SUCCESSOR ---------------- SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 ---------------- TOTAL -------- Balance at December 15, 1996................... $ 12,426 New issuance of shares... 300 Net loss................. (36,287) Change in currency translation adjustment............. (7,570) -------- Balance at June 30, 1997................... $(31,131) -------- --------
See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements F-29 MT INVESTORS INC. INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 (IN THOUSANDS)
PREDECESSOR SUCCESSOR ----------- ----------- JUNE 30, JUNE 30, 1996 1997 ----------- ----------- (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) Cash flows from operating activities: Net earnings (loss)................................................................. $ 10,007 $ (36,287) Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation................................................................ 12,942 11,802 Amortization................................................................ 1,270 2,333 Write-off of purchased research and development and cost of sales associated with revaluation of inventories........................................... -- 32,013 Extraordinary item--debt extinguishment..................................... -- 9,552 Net gain on disposal of long-term assets.................................... (131) (478) Deferred taxes.............................................................. (191) (2,336) Minority interest........................................................... 526 248 Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in: Trade accounts receivable, net............................................ (4,666) (7,792) Inventories............................................................... 279 (6,540) Other current assets...................................................... (352) (3,081) Trade accounts payable.................................................... 932 (5,969) Accruals and other liabilities, net....................................... 16,244 16,757 ----------- ----------- Net cash provided by operating activities.............................. 36,860 10,222 ----------- ----------- Cash flows from investing activities: Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment................................. 508 2,297 Purchase of property, plant and equipment........................................... (10,053) (8,760) Purchase of Safeline Limited........................................................ -- (74,908) Investments in other long term assets, net.......................................... (37) (1,629) ----------- ----------- Net cash used in investing activities.................................. (9,582) (83,000) ----------- ----------- Cash flows from financing activities: Borrowings of third party debt...................................................... -- 312,592 Repayments of third party debt...................................................... (1,078) (265,780) Proceeds from issuance of common stock.............................................. -- 300 Ciba and affiliates repayments...................................................... (16,368) -- Capital transactions with Ciba and affiliates....................................... (2,983) -- ----------- ----------- Net cash provided by (used) in financing activities.................... (20,429) 47,112 ----------- ----------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents.......................... (2,316) (3,755) ----------- ----------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.................................. 4,533 (29,421) Cash and cash equivalents: Beginning of period................................................................. 41,402 60,696 ----------- ----------- End of period....................................................................... $ 45,935 $ 31,275 ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements F-30 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles on a basis which reflects the interim consolidated financial statements of MT Investors Inc. ('MT Investors'). MT Investors was incorporated by AEA Investors Inc. ('AEA') in December 1991. It was recapitalized to effect the acquisition (the 'Acquisition') of the Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba-Geigy AG ('Ciba') and its wholly owned subsidiary, AG fur Prazisionsinstrumente ('AGP'). Pursuant to the terms of a stock purchase agreement dated April 2, 1996 between MT Investors, AGP and Ciba, on October 15, 1996 MT Investors acquired the Mettler-Toledo Group in a business combination accounted for as a purchase. Between the date of formation and October 15, 1996, MT Investors had no substantive operations. In the accompanying interim consolidated financial statements the terms 'Mettler-Toledo' or the 'Company' when used in situations pertaining to periods prior to October 15, 1996 refer to the combined group of businesses sold by Ciba and when used in situations pertaining to periods subsequent to October 15, 1996 refer to MT Investors and its consolidated subsidiaries. The combined historical financial information of the business acquired from Ciba prior to the Acquisition on October 15, 1996 are referred to as 'Predecessor' while the consolidated financial information of the Company subsequent to the date of the Acquisition are referred to as 'Successor'. Because of purchase price accounting for the Acquisition and the additional interest expense from debt incurred to finance the Acquisition, the accompanying interim financial statements of the Successor are not directly comparable to those of the Predecessor. The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 should be read in conjunction with the December 31, 1995 and 1996 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Registration Statement. The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods presented. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 1997. Debt refinancing On May 29, 1997, the Company refinanced its previous credit facility and entered into the Company's current credit facility (the 'Credit Agreement'). The Credit Agreement provides for term loan borrowings in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $133.8 million, SFr 171.5 million and pounds 26.7 million, that are scheduled to mature between 2002 and 2004, a Canadian revolving credit facility with availability of CDN $26.3 million and a multi-currency revolving credit facility with availability of $151.0 million. The revolving credit facilities are scheduled to mature in 2002. The Company recorded an extraordinary item--debt extinguishment of $9.6 million representing a one time charge for the write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees and related expenses associated with the Company's previous credit facility. SAFELINE ACQUISITION On May 30, 1997, the Company purchased (the 'Safeline Acquisition') the entire issued share capital of Safeline Limited ('Safeline'), a manufacturer of metal detection systems based in Manchester in the United Kingdom, for approximately pounds 61 million (approximately $100.0 million) subject to post closing adjustment, plus up to an additional pounds 6 million ($10.0 million) for a contingent earn-out payment. Under the terms of the agreement the Company paid approximately pounds 47.3 million ($77.4 million) of the purchase price in cash, provided F-31 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION--(CONTINUED) by amounts loaned under its Credit Agreement, with the remaining balance of approximately pounds 13.7 million ($22.4 million) paid in the form of seller loan notes which mature May 30, 1999. In connection with the Safeline Acquisition the Company incurred expenses of approximately $2.0 million which have been accounted for as part of the purchase price. The Company has accounted for the Safeline Acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the costs of the Safeline Acquisition were allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. Approximately $30.0 million of the purchase price was attributed to purchased research and development in process. Such amount was expensed immediately in the second quarter of 1997. The technological feasibility of the products being developed had not been established as of the date of the Safeline Acquisition. The Company expects that the projects underlying these research and development efforts will be substantially complete over the next two years. The Company spends more than $40.0 million annually on research and development; however, ultimately achieving technological feasibility cannot be assured for these projects or others. In addition, the Company allocated approximately $2.0 million of the purchase price to revalue certain finished goods inventories to fair value. Substantially all of such inventories were sold in the second quarter of 1997. The excess of the cost of the Safeline Acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired of approximately $62.0 million is being amortized over 30 years. The purchase price allocation is subject to adjustment. The results of operations and cash flows of Safeline have been consolidated with those of the Company from the date of the Safeline Acquisition. 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Business Mettler-Toledo is a manufacturer and marketer of weighing instruments for use in laboratory, industrial and food retailing applications. The Company also manufactures and sells certain related laboratory measurement instruments. The Company's manufacturing facilities are located in Switzerland, the United States, Germany, the U.K. and China. Inventories Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost, which includes direct materials, labor and overhead plus indirect overhead, is determined using either the first in, first out (FIFO) or weighted average cost method. Two companies in the U.S. use the last in, first out (LIFO) cost method. Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997:
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30, 1996 1997 ------------ -------- Raw materials and parts................................................. $ 41,015 $ 42,309 Work in progress........................................................ 31,534 33,078 Finished goods.......................................................... 29,982 34,168 ------------ -------- 102,531 109,555 LIFO reserve............................................................ (5) (157) ------------ -------- $102,526 $109,398 ------------ -------- ------------ --------
Interest Rate Agreements In July 1997 the Company entered into three year interest rate cap agreements to limit the impact of increases in interest rates on $150.0 million of U.S. dollar based debt. These agreements 'cap' the effects of an increase in three month LIBOR above 8.5%. In addition, the Company has entered into three year interest rate swap agreements which swap the interest obligation associated with $100.0 million of U.S. dollar based debt F-32 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED) from variable to fixed. The fixed rate associated with the swap is 6.09% plus the Company's normal interest margin. The swap is effective at three month LIBOR rates up to 7.00%. In August 1997, the Company entered into certain three year interest rate swap agreements that fix the interest obligation associated with SFR 112.5 million of Swiss Franc based debt at rates varying between 2.17% and 2.49%. The Company has designated such interest rate agreements as hedges of certain of its long-term debt payable and recognizes interest differentials as adjustments to interest expense in the period they occur. Premiums paid on interest rate cap agreements are amortized over the terms of the agreements. F-33 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. ------------------------ TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- Prospectus Summary............................. 3 Risk Factors................................... 11 The Company.................................... 15 Use of Proceeds................................ 16 Dividend Policy................................ 16 Dilution....................................... 17 Capitalization................................. 18 Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.................................. 19 Selected Historical Financial Information...... 27 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations................................... 29 Industry....................................... 38 Business....................................... 41 Management..................................... 54 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................................. 58 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management............................... 59 Description of Certain Indebtedness............ 60 Description of Capital Stock................... 62 Shares Eligible for Future Sale................ 65 Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations For Non-United States Holders...................................... 66 Underwriting................................... 69 Legal Matters.................................. 72 Independent Auditors........................... 72 Available Information.......................... 72 Index to Financial Statements.................. F-1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SHARES METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK ------------------------ PROSPECTUS ------------------------ MERRILL LYNCH & CO. BT ALEX. BROWN CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. , 1997 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS] INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE. SUBJECT TO COMPLETION PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER 8, 1997 PROSPECTUS [LOGO] SHARES METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK ------------------------ All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by Mettler-Toledo International Inc. ('Mettler-Toledo' or the 'Company'). Of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, shares are being offered for sale initially outside of the United States and Canada by the International Managers and shares are being offered for sale initially in a concurrent offering in the United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters. The initial public offering price and the underwriting discount per share will be identical for both Offerings. See 'Underwriting.' Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share. For a discussion relating to factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price, see 'Underwriting.' Application has been made for listing the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 'MTD.' SEE 'RISK FACTORS' BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2) Per Share................................... $ $ $ Total(3).................................... $ $ $
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See 'Underwriting.' (2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $ . The Underwriters have agreed to pay certain expenses of the Company incurred in connection with the Offerings estimated at $ . (3) The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers options to purchase up to an additional shares and shares of Common Stock, respectively, in each case exercisable within 30 days after the date hereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such options are exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See 'Underwriting.' ------------------------ The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York on or about , 1997. ------------------------ MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL BT ALEX. BROWN INTERNATIONAL CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL ------------------------ The date of this Prospectus is , 1997. [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS] UNDERWRITING Merrill Lynch International, BT Alex. Brown International, A Division of Bankers Trust International PLC, Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited and Goldman Sachs International are acting as lead managers (the 'Lead Managers') for each of the International Managers named below (the 'International Managers'). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an international purchase agreement (the 'International Purchase Agreement') among the Company and the International Managers, and concurrently with the sale of shares of Common Stock to the U.S. Underwriters (as defined below), the Company has agreed to sell to the International Managers, and each of the International Managers severally and not jointly has agreed to purchase from the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below.
NUMBER OF INTERNATIONAL MANAGER SHARES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------- Merrill Lynch International................................................................. BT Alex. Brown International A Division of Bankers Trust International PLC............................................. Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited................................................. Goldman Sachs International................................................................. --------- Total.......................................................................... --------- ---------
The Company has also entered into a U.S. purchase agreement (the 'U.S. Purchase Agreement') with certain underwriters in the United States and Canada (the 'U.S. Underwriters' and, together with the International Managers, the 'Underwriters') for whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ('Merrill Lynch'), BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives (the 'U.S. Representatives'). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the U.S. Purchase Agreement, and concurrently with the sale of shares of Common Stock to the International Managers pursuant to the International Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters, and the U.S. Underwriters severally have agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of shares of Common Stock. The initial public offering price per share and the total underwriting discount per share of Common Stock are identical under the International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement. In the International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the several International Managers and the several U.S. Underwriters, respectively, have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to each such agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to such agreement are purchased. Under certain circumstances, under the International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the commitments of non-defaulting Underwriters may be increased. The closings with respect to the sale of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters are conditioned upon one another. The Lead Managers have advised the Company that the International Managers propose initially to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of Common Stock. The International Managers may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $ per share of Common Stock on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering 69A [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS] price, concession and discount may be changed. The Underwriters have agreed to pay certain expenses of the Company incurred in connection with the Offerings estimated at $ . The Company has granted options to the International Managers, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting discount. The International Managers may exercise these options solely to cover over-allotments, if any, made on the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent that the International Managers exercise these options, each International Manager will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such International Manager's initial amount reflected in the foregoing table. The Company also has granted options to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, on terms similar to those granted to the International Managers. The Company, the Company's executive officers and directors and all existing shareholders of the Company have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or thereafter acquired by the person executing the agreement or with respect to which the person executing the agreement thereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch on behalf of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus. See 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale.' At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to of the shares offered hereby to be sold to certain employees of the Company and certain other persons. The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing of the Offerings will be offered by the Underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered hereby. The International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters have entered into an intersyndicate agreement (the 'Intersyndicate Agreement') that provides for the coordination of their activities. Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters are permitted to sell shares of Common Stock to each other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons, and the International Managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S. persons or to Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to U.S. or Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement. Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between the Company and the U.S. Representatives and the Lead Managers. The factors considered in determining the initial public offering price, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are price-earnings ratios of publicly traded companies that the U.S. Representatives believe to be comparable to the Company, certain financial information of the Company, the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in which it competes, and an assessment of the Company's management, its past and present operations, the prospects for, and timing of, future revenues of the Company, the present state of the Company's development and the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to the Company. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the Offerings at or above the initial public offering price. Application has been made for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 'MTD.' In order to meet the requirements for listing of the Common Stock on that exchange, the U.S. Underwriters and the 70A [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS] International Managers have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners. The Company has agreed to indemnify the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers may be required to make in respect thereof. Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As an exception to these rules, the U.S. Representatives are permitted to engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock. If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in connection with the Offerings, i.e. if they sell more shares of Common Stock than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the U.S. Representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Common Stock in the open market. The U.S. Representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above. The U.S. Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the U.S. Representatives purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce the Underwriters' short position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of the Offerings. In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the Common Stock to the extent that it discourages resales of the Common Stock. Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition, neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the U.S. Representatives will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice. Each International Manager has agreed that (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the Closing Date, will not offer or sell any shares of Common Stock to persons in the United Kingdom, except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Common Stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issuance of Common Stock to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on. No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the shares of Common Stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this Prospectus or any other material relating to the Company or shares of Common Stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares of Common Stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this Prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the shares of Common Stock may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction. Purchasers of the shares offered hereby may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges in accordance with the laws and practices of the country of purchase in addition to the offering price set forth on the cover page hereof. 71A [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS] The Underwriters have from time to time provided investment banking financial advisory services to the Company and AEA Investors and its affiliates, for which they have received customary compensation, and may continue to do so in the future. Merrill Lynch served as lead manager and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation served as a co-manager of the offering of the Notes in October 1996. Merrill Lynch served as the Arranger and Documentation Agent and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation served as co-agent in connection with the Company's Credit Agreement in November 1996 and May 1997 for which they received customary compensation, and are acting in similar roles in connection with the New Credit Agreement for which they will receive customary compensation. Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and an affiliate of Merrill Lynch were lenders under the Credit Agreement and will be lenders under the New Credit Agreement. 72A [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. ------------------------ TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- Prospectus Summary............................. 3 Risk Factors................................... 11 The Company.................................... 15 Use of Proceeds................................ 16 Dividend Policy................................ 16 Dilution....................................... 17 Capitalization................................. 18 Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.................................. 19 Selected Historical Financial Information...... 27 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations................................... 29 Industry....................................... 38 Business....................................... 41 Management..................................... 54 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................................. 58 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management............................... 59 Description of Certain Indebtedness............ 60 Description of Capital Stock................... 62 Shares Eligible for Future Sale................ 65 Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations For Non-United States Holders...................................... 66 Underwriting................................... 69 Legal Matters.................................. 72 Independent Auditors........................... 72 Available Information.......................... 72 Index to Financial Statements.................. F-1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SHARES METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK ------------------------ PROSPECTUS ------------------------ MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL BT ALEX. BROWN INTERNATIONAL CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL , 1997 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE. SUBJECT TO COMPLETION PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER 8, 1997 PROSPECTUS [LOGO] SHARES METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK ------------------------ This Prospectus is being furnished to the holders of common stock of MT Investors Inc., a Delaware corporation (the 'Company'), in connection with the solicitation by the Board of Directors of the Company of the written consent of shareholders in lieu of a meeting to approve the merger (the 'Merger') of the Company with its wholly owned subsidiary, Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., a Delaware corporation ('Holding'), pursuant to an Agreement of Merger (the 'Merger Agreement'), between Holding and the Company. Pursuant to the Merger, Holding would be merged with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation. The affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of shares of the Class B common stock, par value $.01, of the Company (the 'Class B Shareholders') representing a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock is required to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement. The Class A common stock and Class C common stock of the Company are non-voting common stock and, therefore, the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of such stock is not required to approve the Merger. All holders of the Company's common stock who do not provide their affirmative vote for or written consent to the Merger are entitled to appraisal rights under Delaware law as set forth herein. A copy of the Merger Agreement has been provided with this Prospectus. The Merger Agreement provides that each share of the three classes of common stock of the Company, the Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock, each with a par value of $.01, will be converted into and represent the right to receive shares of common stock of the Company, $.01 par value (the 'Common Stock'). A more detailed description of the Merger is set forth in this Prospectus. The Company is also concurrently conducting an underwritten public offering (the 'Offerings') of shares of Common Stock and has granted the Underwriters in connection therewith options to purchase an additional shares to cover over-allotments. The Offerings are conditioned on, among other things, the consummation of the Merger, although consummation of the Merger is not conditioned on the consummation of the Offerings. No assurances can be made that the Offerings will be consummated. ------------------------ The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 'MTD,' subject to official notice of issuance. ------------------------ See 'Risk Factors' for information that should be considered by the Company's shareholders. ------------------------ THE COMMON STOCK TO BE ISSUED IN THE MERGER HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. ------------------------ The approximate date on which this Prospectus will first be delivered to the Company's shareholders will be November , 1997 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS Credit Agreement Refinancing. In connection with the Offerings, the Company intends to refinance its existing credit facility (the 'Credit Agreement') by entering into a new credit facility (the 'New Credit Agreement') with certain financial institutions. The Company expects that it will have pro forma borrowings under the New Credit Agreement of $401.4 million (representing an increase of $66.8 million) as of June 30, 1997 and borrowings of $41.5 million under various other credit arrangements. Of the borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, $196.2 million will be in the form of a term loan and the remainder will be outstanding under a revolving credit facility. The Company's revolving credit facility commitment will increase from $170.0 million to $420.0 million under the New Credit Agreement, and this commitment includes a $100.0 million acquisition facility. Additional borrowings under the New Credit Agreement will be used, together with the net proceeds from the Offerings, to repurchase the Notes (as defined below) and to pay related premiums and fees and expenses. As a result of the Refinancing (as defined below), the Company expects to realize significantly lower interest expense. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' Note Repurchase. As part of the Refinancing, the Company has commenced a tender offer (the 'Note Repurchase') for all of the 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the 'Notes') of the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Mettler-Toledo, Inc. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. The Company will use net proceeds from the Offerings and additional borrowings under the New Credit Agreement to finance the Note Repurchase. In connection with the Note Repurchase the Company is soliciting consents to remove substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain other provisions from the Indenture governing the Notes. The refinancing of the Credit Agreement and the Note Repurchase are collectively referred to as the 'Refinancing.' See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' In connection with the refinancing of the Credit Agreement and the Note Repurchase, the Company anticipates that it will record an extraordinary loss of approximately $30.0 million representing the premium expected to be paid in connection with the purchase of the Notes and the write-off of related capitalized debt issuance fees resulting from the Refinancing. THE MERGER The Boards of Directors of the Company and its direct wholly owned subsidiary, Holding, have authorized and directed their officers to enter into a merger agreement and consummate a merger pursuant to which Holding will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation. Delaware law requires that, in addition to such board approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock of each of Holding and of the Company entitled to vote thereon is required to adopt the Merger Agreement. The Company as the sole shareholder of Holding has approved the Merger. Since only the holders of Class B common stock of the Company have voting rights, the affirmative vote or written consent of holders representing a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock is required to approve the Merger. All holders of the Company's common stock who do not provide their affirmative vote or written consent for the Merger are afforded appraisal rights under Delaware law unless they have otherwise waived such rights. Upon shareholder approval and consummation of the Merger, all capital stock of Holding would be canceled and the equity securities of the Company would become the only outstanding equity securities of the Company. In the Merger, each share of the three classes of the Company's common stock would be converted into and represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company, except that the holders of such stock would receive a cash payment at a market price in lieu of any fractional shares that would be required to be issued in connection therewith. In the Merger, the Company's certificate of incorporation and by-laws will be amended as set forth herein. See 'The Merger.' No approval of any federal or state regulatory authority is required to consummate the Merger. The Merger will be effective upon filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. This is expected to occur prior to consummation of the Offerings if shareholder consent is obtained. The receipt of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger will not be a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes. See 'Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger' for more detailed information regarding the federal income tax consequences of the Merger. The transaction being effected by the Merger is referred to herein as the 'Reorganization.' 7 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] RISK FACTORS Before making any decisions with respect to the Merger, the Company's shareholders should consider carefully the following risk factors. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. See '--Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks' and 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.' EFFECT OF SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS ON OPERATIONS AND LIQUIDITY In connection with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition, the Company incurred a significant amount of indebtedness. At June 30, 1997, the Company's consolidated indebtedness (excluding unused commitments) on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Offerings and the Refinancing would have been approximately $442.9 million. The Company will have additional borrowing capacity on a revolving credit basis under the New Credit Agreement and under local working capital facilities for acquisitions and other purposes. The Company is required to make scheduled principal payments on the term loans under the New Credit Agreement. See 'Capitalization' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' The Company's ability to comply with the terms of the New Credit Agreement and its other debt obligations to make cash payments with respect to such obligations and to satisfy its other debt or to refinance any of such obligations will depend on the future performance of the Company, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and certain financial, business and other factors beyond its control. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' The Company's high degree of leverage could have important consequences including but not limited to the following: (i) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing for acquisitions, capital expenditures, working capital or general corporate purposes may be impaired in the future; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on borrowings under the New Credit Agreement and the Company's other indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to the Company for its operations and other purposes, including investments in research and development and capital spending; (iii) certain of the Company's borrowings are and will continue to be at variable rates of interest, which exposes the Company to the risk of increased interest rates; and (iv) the Company may be substantially more leveraged than certain of its competitors, which may place the Company at a relative competitive disadvantage and may make the Company more vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions or its business or changing market conditions and regulations. See 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' The New Credit Agreement will contain and the Company's other debt obligations contain a number of covenants that, among other things, will restrict the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, dispose of certain assets, make capital expenditures and otherwise restrict corporate activities. See 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' The Company's ability to comply with such covenants may be affected by events beyond its control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. A failure to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the New Credit Agreement, the Company's other debt obligations or any agreements with respect to any additional financing could result in an event of default under its debt agreements. RISK OF CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS Swiss franc-denominated expenses represent a much greater percentage of the Company's operating expenses than Swiss franc-denominated sales represent of total net sales. Some of the Company's manufacturing costs in Switzerland relate to products that are sold outside of Switzerland, including many technologically sophisticated products requiring highly skilled personnel. Moreover, a substantial percentage of the Company's research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses are incurred in Switzerland. Appreciation of the Swiss franc against the Company's major trading currencies (i.e., the U.S. dollar, certain major European currencies and the Japanese yen) has a negative impact on the Company's income from operations, whereas depreciation of the Swiss franc has a positive impact. The Company's operations are conducted by subsidiaries in many countries, and the results of operations and the financial position of each of those subsidiaries is reported in the relevant foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable foreign currency exchange rate for inclusion in the Company's 11 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS The New Credit Agreement will restrict, among other things, the ability of the Company to pay dividends. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. See 'Dividend Policy' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS The Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the 'Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation') and amended by-laws (the 'Amended By-laws') will contain certain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will authorize the issuance of preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, the Amended By-laws will contain advance notice procedures for shareholders to nominate candidates for election as directors and for shareholders to submit proposals for consideration at shareholder meetings. The Company has no present plans to issue shares of preferred stock. Under certain circumstances, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the 'DGCL') makes it more difficult for an 'interested stockholder' (generally a 15% stockholder) to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. See 'Description of Capital Stock.' ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. Although application has been made for listing the Common Stock on the NYSE, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for the Common Stock will develop or be sustained following the Offerings or that the market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among the Company and the Underwriters based upon several factors and may not be indicative of future market prices. The price at which the Common Stock will trade will depend upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the Company's historical and anticipated operating results and general market and economic conditions, some of which factors are beyond the Company's control. Factors such as quarterly fluctuations in the Company's financial and operating results, announcements by the Company or others and developments affecting the Company, its products, its customers, the markets in which it competes or the industry generally, also could cause the market price of the Common Stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition, the stock market has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. See 'Underwriting.' FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS This Prospectus includes forward-looking statements that reflect the Company's current views with respect to future events and financial performance, including capital expenditures, planned product introductions, research and development expenditures, potential future growth, including potential penetration of developed markets and potential growth opportunities in emerging markets, potential future acquisitions, potential cost savings from planned employee reductions, planned operational changes and research and development efforts, strategic plans and future cash sources and requirements. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those identified in 'Risk Factors,' which could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those anticipated. The words 'believe,' 'expect,' 'anticipate' and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 14 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] THE COMPANY GENERAL Mettler-Toledo is a leading global supplier of precision instruments. The Company is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of weighing instruments for use in laboratory, industrial and food retailing applications. In addition, the Company holds one of the top three market positions in several related analytical instruments such as titrators, thermal analysis systems, pH meters, automatic lab reactors and electrodes. Through the recent acquisition of Safeline, the Company is also the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. The Company focuses on high value-added segments of its markets by providing innovative instruments, by integrating these instruments into application-specific solutions for customers, and by facilitating the processing of data gathered by its instruments and the transfer of this data to customers' management information systems. Mettler-Toledo services a worldwide customer base through its own sales and service organization and has a global manufacturing presence in Europe, the United States and Asia. The Company generated pro forma 1996 net sales of $889.6 million (giving effect to the Safeline Acquisition) which were derived 49% in Europe, 40% in North and South America and 11% in Asia and other markets. The mailing address of the Company's principal executive offices is Im Langacher, P.O. Box MT-100, CH-8606, Greifensee, Switzerland. Its telephone number is 41-1-944-22-11. ACQUISITION AND SAFELINE ACQUISITION Acquisition. The Company was incorporated in December 1991. It was recapitalized in connection with the October 15, 1996 acquisition of the Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba in a transaction sponsored by management and AEA Investors. The Company paid cash consideration of approximately SFr 505.0 million (approximately $402.0 million at October 15, 1996), including dividends of approximately SFr 109.4 million (approximately $87.1 million at October 15, 1996), paid approximately $185.0 million to settle amounts due to Ciba and its affiliates and incurred expenses in connection with the Acquisition and related financing of approximately $29.0 million. The Company primarily financed the Acquisition with (i) borrowings under a credit agreement in the amount of $307.0 million, (ii) the issuance of $135.0 million of the Notes and (iii) an equity contribution of $190.0 million primarily from AEA Investors, its shareholder-investors and executive officers and other employees of the Company. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company agreed that it would not, in the 18-month period following the closing of the Acquisition, without the prior written consent of Ciba, engage in certain extraordinary dispositions, including certain sales of assets or equity of any company in the Mettler-Toledo Group, mergers or similar business combinations (except certain transactions the aggregate net proceeds of which do not exceed SFr 80.0 million (approximately $64.0 million at October 15, 1996) in a 12-month period). Consummation of the Offerings does not require the consent of Ciba. Safeline Acquisition. On May 30, 1997, the Company acquired Safeline for pounds 61.0 million (approximately $100.0 million at May 30, 1997), subject to post-closing adjustment, plus up to an additional pounds 6.0 million (approximately $10.0 million at May 30, 1997) for a contingent earn-out payment. Safeline, based in Manchester, U.K., is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. Safeline's metal detectors can also be used in conjunction with the Company's checkweighing products for important quality and safety checks in these industries. From 1992 to 1996, Safeline's sales net increased at a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 30%, in part due to the introduction of new products such as the first digital electronic and Zero Metal-Free Zone metal detectors. Safeline had net sales and Adjusted Operating Income of $40.4 million and $9.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1996. CONCURRENT TRANSACTIONS Credit Agreement Refinancing. In connection with the Offerings, the Company intends to refinance its Credit Agreement by entering into the New Credit Agreement. The Company expects that it will have pro forma borrowings under the New Credit Agreement of $401.4 million (representing an increase of $66.8 million) as of June 30, 1997 and borrowings of $41.5 million under various other credit arrangements. Of the borrowings under 15 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] the New Credit Agreement, $196.2 million will be in the form of a term loan and the remainder will be outstanding under a revolving credit facility. The Company's revolving credit facility commitment will increase from $170.0 million to $420.0 million under the New Credit Agreement, and this commitment includes a $100.0 million acquisition facility. Additional borrowings under the New Credit Agreement will be used, together with the net proceeds from the Offerings, to repurchase the Notes and to pay related premiums and fees and expenses. As a result of the Refinancing, the Company expects to realize significantly lower interest expense. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' Note Repurchase. As part of the Refinancing, the Company intends to effect the Note Repurchase. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. The Company will use net proceeds from the Offerings and additional borrowings under the New Credit Agreement to finance the Note Repurchase. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Capitalization.' In connection with the refinancing of the Credit Agreement and the Note Repurchase, the Company anticipates that it will record an extraordinary loss of approximately $30.0 million representing the premium expected to be paid in connection with the purchase of the Notes and the write-off of related capitalized debt issuance fees resulting from the Refinancing. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS The Company recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $3.3 million during the third quarter ended September 30, 1997. The Company expects to recognize an additional restructuring charge of approximately $3.0 million during the fourth quarter ending December 31, 1997 for restructuring activities not initiated until October of this year. Both charges are in connection with the closure of three facilities in North America and are comprised primarily of severance and other related benefits and costs of exiting facilities, including lease termination costs and write-down of existing assets to their expected net realizable value. The Company expects these actions will be completed in 1998 and that the two owned facilities will be sold after that period. In connection with the closure of these facilities, the Company expects to involuntarily terminate approximately 70 employees. The Company is undertaking these actions as part of its reengineering efforts to reduce costs. These actions enable the Company to consolidate certain operations and realize cost savings estimated at approximately $2.5 million on an annual basis. The Company also estimates that it will receive upon the sale of the two owned facilities proceeds in excess of $5.0 million. HOLDING Holding does not carry on any business activities other than to act as a holding company for, and ultimate corporate parent of MTI. The Company owns all of the common stock of Holding and such common stock represents substantially all of the assets of the Company. Accordingly, the information contained in this Prospectus as it relates to the Company is substantially the same as such information as it relates to Holding. For information regarding the business, property and legal matters of Holding, see 'Business.' For information regarding certain relationships and related transactions of Holding, see 'Certain Transactions.' Holding has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its equity securities and does not intend to do so in the foreseeable future. Since Holding is a holding company, it relies on the dividends and other distributions of MTI to obtain funds for distribution to the shareholders of Holding. MTI, however, has certain restrictions on its ability to declare and pay dividends to Holding or the Company. See 'Dividend Policy.' The members of the Board of Directors of Holding are Robert F. Spoerry, Thomas P. Salice and Alan W. Wilkinson, all of whom are executive officers of the Company and all executive officers of Holding are also executive officers of the Company. Accordingly, for information regarding directors, executive officers and executive compensation of or relating to Holding, see 'Management.' Since the Company acts as a holding company and has no assets other than cash and the capital stock of Holding, the information that would be provided by selected financial data, pro forma financial statements, management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and financial statements with respect to Holding is substantially the same as the information provided herein with respect to the Company and has not been separately provided in this Prospectus. See 'Summary--Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information,' 'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information,' 'Selected Financial Data,' 16 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations' and the Company's financial statements included herein. The mailing address of Holding's principal executive offices is Im Langacher, P.O. Box MT-100, CH 8606, Greifensee, Switzerland. Its telephone number is 41-1-944-22-11. USE OF PROCEEDS The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock in the Offerings after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of the Offerings are estimated to be approximately $ million ($ million if the Underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which represents the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price). The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the Offerings, together with amounts borrowed under the New Credit Agreement, to repurchase the Notes and to pay related premiums and fees and expenses. There can be no assurance that all of the Notes will be acquired by the Company in the Note Repurchase or that the terms of the Note Repurchase will not vary from those assumed by the Company herein. To the extent proceeds are not utilized to repurchase the Notes, the Company will use the proceeds to reduce borrowings under the New Credit Agreement. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 9 3/4% per annum and will mature on October 1, 2006. The Notes were originally issued in order to finance a portion of the Acquisition. DIVIDEND POLICY The Company has never paid any dividends on its Common Stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The current policy of the Company's Board of Directors is to retain earnings to finance the operations and expansion of the Company's business. In addition, the Company's New Credit Agreement will restrict the Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders. Any future determination to pay dividends will depend on the Company's results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness.' 17 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] THE MERGER It is anticipated that Holding will be merged with and into the Company pursuant to a merger under Section 251 of the DGCL. The Company would be the surviving corporation of such Merger. Upon receipt of the written consent of their respective shareholders, Holding will be merged with and into the Company. The Merger would be effected pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement provides that, upon approval of the shareholders of Holding and the Company entitled to vote thereon, Holding will be merged with and into the Company, which will be the corporation surviving the Merger. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, all the capital stock of Holding will be canceled and each share of the three classes of common stock of the Company will be converted into and represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company. Existing shareholders of the Company will receive a cash payment at a market price in lieu of any fractional shares that would be required to be issued as a result of the Merger. The Merger Agreement is attached hereto as Appendix A and is hereby incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. Reasons for the Merger. The Boards of Directors of Holding and the Company have deemed it advisable and in the best interest of Holding and the Company to collapse Holding and the Company into one company in order to simplify the Mettler-Toledo organizational structure in connection with the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock and to simplify the capital structure by converting the three outstanding classes of the Company's capital stock into one class. The Boards believe that the simplified structure will cause the Company's Common Stock to be more amenable to sale and trading in the public equity markets. See 'Comparison of Shareholder Rights.' Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. The Merger Agreement sets forth several proposed amendments to the Company's certificate of incorporation. Specifically, the amendments will (i) permit the Board of Directors, without further shareholder authorization, to issue shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to determine and fix the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, (ii) reclassify the Company's existing Class A, Class B and Class C common stock into one class of Common Stock, (iii) impose advance notice requirements for shareholder action and a prohibition on the taking of shareholder action by written consent and (iv) add director and officer indemnification provisions. See 'Description of Capital Stock.' The name of the Company will be changed to Mettler-Toledo International Inc. Common Stock. For information regarding the Common Stock of the Company to be received by the shareholders of the Company, see 'Description of Capital Stock.' Rights of Shareholders. For an explanation of the difference between the rights of the holders of Class A, Class B and Class C common stock of the Company and the rights of holders of the Company's Common Stock, see 'Comparison of Shareholder Rights,' 'Description of Existing Capital Stock' and 'Description of Capital Stock.' Restrictions on Resale. All shares of the Company's Common Stock received by the Company's shareholders in the Merger will be freely transferable, except as set forth below and except that shares of Common Stock received by persons who are deemed to be 'affiliates' (as such term is defined under Securities Act) of the Company prior to the Merger may be resold by them only in transactions permitted by the resale provisions of Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act (or Rule 144 in the case of such persons who become affiliates of the Company) or as otherwise permitted under the Securities Act. In connection with the Offerings, shareholders holding substantially all of the Company's Common Stock, subject to certain limited exceptions, have agreed not to, among other things, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of the Company's Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Accounting Treatment. The Merger will be treated as a reorganization of companies under common control and will be accounted for similar to a pooling of interests for accounting and financial reporting purposes. Tax Consequences. For a description of the federal income tax consequences of the Merger, see 'Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger.' 18 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] SOLICITATION OF CONSENTS Under the DGCL the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock of the Company is required to approve the Merger. In lieu of a meeting and vote, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock of the Company can consent in writing and deliver such consent or consents to the Company's registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. All holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to give their written consent to approve and adopt the Merger. The record date for determining the shareholders of record for the written consents is November , 1997. Prompt notice of any actions taken by written consent as required by the DGCL will be given to those shareholders of the Company who do not consent in writing. The solicitation of written consents is made by the Company. The Company will bear the cost of the solicitation. The Class B Shareholders' consents solicited pursuant to this Prospectus must be submitted to the Company promptly. The Company plans to consummate the Merger as soon as sufficient consents have been obtained. The written consents shall be revocable by the Company's shareholders submitting such consents until such consents are submitted to the Company as set forth above. Upon delivery of a consent to the Company pursuant to the DGCL, such consent will not be revocable. However, the Merger Agreement may be terminated or amended (subject to certain limitations) by the Board of Directors of either Holding or the Company at any time prior to the filing of such agreement with the State of Delaware, notwithstanding the approval of such agreement by the written consent of the Company's shareholders. Under Delaware law, appraisal rights are available to all holders of common stock of the Company who do not provide their affirmative vote or written consent for the adoption and approval of the Merger. In connection with the Merger and in accordance with Delaware law, the shareholders of the Company were given notice of their rights to appraisal. Additional notice of such rights to the extent required by Delaware law is provided herewith. Attached hereto as Appendix B is a copy of Section 262 of the DGCL regarding appraisal rights. COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS As a result of the Merger, all outstanding shares of common stock of Holding will be canceled and the existing shares of Class A, Class B and Class C common stock of the Company will be converted into and represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock. Following the Merger, the rights of the shareholders of the Company will thereafter be governed by the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-laws. Voting. Holders of the Company's Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the shareholders. The entire voting power of the shareholders of the Company is vested exclusively in the Class B shareholders. Upon consummation of the Merger all classes of stock of the Company will be converted pro rata into shares of Common Stock of the Company. The Merger will thus effectively dilute the Class B shareholders' voting power from 100% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company to less than 1% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. See 'Description of Capital Stock' and 'Description of Existing Capital Stock.' Preference. Holders of the Company's common stock are entitled to share ratably in dividends and, in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, in all the assets remaining after payment of liabilities. See 'Description of Capital Stock.' Holders of Class A common stock of the Company have a dividend and liquidation preference over the holders of Class B and Class C common stock of the Company. See 'Description of Existing Capital Stock.' Upon consummation of the Merger shareholders who held shares of Class A common stock will no longer have this distribution and liquidation preference. Notice Provisions. The Company's Amended By-laws contain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, including provisions regarding advance notice for shareholders' nominations of directors and other shareholder proposals. See 'Description of Capital Stock.' These provisions are not present in the Company's existing By-laws. 68 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] NYSE Listing. Upon consummation of the Merger and Offerings, the Common Stock of the Company will be listed on the NYSE. The shares of common stock of the Company currently outstanding are not publicly traded. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING CAPITAL STOCK The following brief description of the Company's capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject in all respects to applicable Delaware law and to the provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the 'Restated Certificate of Incorporation') and By-laws (the 'By-laws'). Pursuant to the Merger, all of the capital stock of Holding will be canceled and each outstanding share of the three classes of common stock of the Company will be converted into and represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company. The description of the capital stock and the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-law provisions set forth below are relevant only to the Company as in existence prior to the Merger. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 2,775,976 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value of which 2,233,117 shares are designated as Class A common stock, 1,000 shares are designated Class B common stock and 541,859 shares are designated Class C common stock. As of the date hereof, the Company had outstanding 1,899,779 shares of Class A common stock, 1,000 shares of Class B common stock and 537,735 shares of Class C common stock, and an additional shares of Class A common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding employee stock options. As of the date hereof, there were approximately 823 holders of record of Class A common stock, 9 holders of record of Class B common stock and 841 holders of record of Class C common stock. Currently there is no public market for any of the shares of capital stock of the Company. COMMON STOCK Holders of common stock of the Company have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. Except for the Class A dividend and distribution preference and the Class B voting rights (each as described below) the three classes of common stock of the Company have identical rights under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. Preference. Dividends or distributions in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company or not paid out of the current and accumulated earnings and profits shall be paid in the following manner: First, exclusively to the holders of the shares of Class A common stock, ratably to each such holder, until the sum of all dividends and distributions to each holder of Class A common stock equals $100 for each share of Class A common stock held by such holder. After each holder of shares of Class A common stock shall have received dividends and distributions totaling $100, then exclusively to the holders of the shares of Class B common stock and Class C common stock ratably to each such holder until the sum of all dividends and distributions to each holder of Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock equals $100 for each share of Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock held by such shareholder. After each holder of Class B common stock and Class C common stock shall have received such dividends and distributions, then to all holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock, ratably to each holder of such shares. Voting. The entire voting power of the Company's common stock is vested exclusively in Class B common stock. Each holder of shares of Class B common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class B common stock. CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS Director's Liability. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it currently exists, a director of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. See 'Description of Capital Stock--Certain Provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended By-laws and Delaware Law.' Section 203 of Delaware Law. The Company is subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. See 'Description of Capital Stock--Certain Provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended By-laws and Delaware Law.' Such provision could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. 69 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] REGISTRATION RIGHTS All current holders of the Company's Common Stock (the 'Restricted Shares') have rights to require the Company to register such shares of Common Stock for resale pursuant to subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Acquisition. Upon the request of the persons owning Restricted Shares aggregating at least 51% of the sum of all outstanding Restricted Shares and have an estimated value of not less than $5 million, the Company would be required to register the sale of such Restricted Shares, subject to certain limitations and requirements. The Company would not be required to file a total of more than three registration statements pursuant to such requests. In addition, under certain circumstances, should the Company file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission registering shares of the Common Stock of the Company, the owners of Restricted Shares would be entitled to include their Restricted Shares in such registration. Such registration rights will be waived as to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The shareholders of the Company have agreed that after consummation of the Merger and the Offerings all rights of the holders of the Company's common stock to register such shares shall terminate. PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the voting and non-voting classes of capital stock of the Company prior to the Merger and the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock after the Merger by (i) each director of the Company, (ii) the Named Executive Officers of the Company, (iii) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group and (iv) each person who is the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of the Company's common stock:
SHARES OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY'S SHARES OF THE THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK COMPANY'S VOTING NON-VOTING CAPITAL AFTER THE CAPITAL STOCK(1) STOCK(1)(2) MERGER(1) ------------------ --------------------- ------------------ NUMBER OF % OF NUMBER OF % OF NUMBER OF % OF NAME SHARES CLASS SHARES CLASS(2) SHARES CLASS - ------------------------------------------------------- --------- ----- --------- -------- --------- ----- DIRECTORS: Philip Caldwell...................................... 0 -- 8,136 * Reginald H. Jones.................................... 70 7.0% 3,633 * John D. Macomber..................................... 65 6.5 3,411 * Laurence Z.Y. Moh.................................... 0 -- 28,352 1.0% Thomas P. Salice..................................... 0 -- 39,708 1.4 Alan W. Wilkinson.................................... 0 -- 39,708 1.4 NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS: Robert F. Spoerry.................................... 0 -- 34,551 1.2 Fred Ort............................................. 0 -- 6,076 * Karl M. Lang......................................... 0 -- 6,076 * Lukas Braunschweiler................................. 0 -- 6,076 * John D. Robechek..................................... 0 -- 5,214 * All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)............................................. 135 13.5 195,576 7.0 OTHER 5% SHAREHOLDERS: AEA Investors Inc.................................... 490 49.0% Finlayson Fund Investments PTE LTD................... National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA................................................ Clifton C. Garvin, Jr................................ 65 6.5 Edmund T. Pratt, Jr.................................. 65 6.5 Francis C. Rooney, Jr................................ 65 6.5 Geoffrey T. Boisi.................................... 65 6.5 John R. Opel, Trustee for John R. Opel Revocable Trust U/A dated April 7, 1997..................... 65 6.5 Forma Investments Limited............................ Nassau Capital Funds L.P............................. Ciby-Geigy AG........................................
(Footnotes on next page) 70 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] (Footnotes from previous page) - ------------------ * Less than 1% (1) Based on shares of the Company's voting capital stock and [ ] shares of the Company's non-voting capital stock outstanding prior to the Merger and [ ] shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding after the Merger. Calculations of percentage of beneficial ownership assume the exercise by only the respective named shareholder of all options for the purchase of common stock held by such shareholder which are exercisable within 60 days from [insert date]. (2) The shares of the Company's non-voting capital stock include the shares of its Class A common stock and Class C common stock. The percentage of class is determined by combining the Class A common stock and Class C common stock into one class of non-voting capital stock. (3) Includes [ ] shares of the Company's common stock issuable prior to the Merger and [ ] shares of the Company's Common Stock issuable after the Merger, in each case upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days from [insert date]. (4) Includes shares held by, or in trust for, members of such individual's family for which Messrs. Caldwell, Salice and Wilkinson disclaim beneficial ownership. Does not include shares held by AEA Investors, of which Messrs. Caldwell, Salice and Wilkinson are officers. (5) Includes William Donnelly, who became Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary on April 1, 1997, and Fred Ort who ceased to be an executive officer on April 1, 1997 but who remains a non-executive officer. CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER The following summary describes the material federal income tax consequences of the Merger to Holding, the Company and the stockholders of the Company. It does not discuss all the tax consequences that may be relevant to the Company's shareholders in special tax situations (such as insurance companies, financial institutions, securities dealers, tax-exempt organizations or shareholders who exercise dissenter's rights) or to the Company's shareholders who acquired their shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or warrants, or otherwise as compensation. The summary also does not discuss tax consequences to holders of the Company's outstanding warrants or stock options. Neither Holding nor the Company has requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the 'IRS') or an opinion of counsel with regard to any of the tax consequences of the Merger. Under present federal income tax law, based upon the assumption that the Merger will take place as described in the Merger Agreement, no gain or loss will be recognized upon the receipt of shares of Common Stock in exchange for shares of the Company's Common Stock (except to the extent cash is received in lieu of fractional shares). The tax basis of the shares of Common Stock received in the Merger (including any fractional shares of Common Stock deemed received) will be the same as the tax basis of the Common Stock exchanged therefor, and the holding period for shares of Common Stock received will include the period that the exchanged shares were held by the holder, provided such shares were held as a capital asset. In addition, the Company and Holding will not recognize gain or loss in connection with the Merger. A shareholder of the Company who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock will be treated as if the cash were received in payment for such fractional share, and, except as discussed below, such shareholder will therefore recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and such shareholder's tax basis in the fractional share. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Common Stock was held as a capital asset and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Stock was held for more than one year as of the consummation of the Merger. In the case of a non-corporate shareholder of the Company, such long-term capital gain generally will be subject to a maximum tax rate of 28% if the common stock was held for more than 1 year but not more than 18 months and to a maximum tax rate of 20% if the common stock was held for more than 18 months. Shareholders of the Company who are Non-U.S. Holders will generally not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes with respect to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares, unless such stockholders would be subject to federal income tax on a sale of Common Stock under the rules discussed in 'Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations for Non-United States Holders--Disposition of Common Stock.' See 'Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations for Non-United States Holders.' The foregoing discussion is for general information only and is based on currently existing federal income tax law which is subject to change. Any change in applicable law would affect the continuing validity of the discussion. ALL HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE MERGER, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME TAX LAWS. 71 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MERGER PROSPECTUS] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREROF. TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- Prospectus Summary............................. 3 Risk Factors................................... 11 The Company.................................... 15 Holding........................................ Use of Proceeds................................ 16 Dividend Policy................................ 16 The Merger..................................... 17 Capitalization................................. 18 Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.................................. 19 Selected Historical Financial Information...... 27 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations................................... 29 Industry....................................... 38 Business....................................... 40 Management..................................... 53 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................................. 57 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management............................... 58 Description of Certain Indebtedness............ 59 Description of Capital Stock................... 61 Shares Eligible for Future Sale................ 63 Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations For Non-United States Holders...................................... 65 Solicitation of Consents....................... Comparison of Shareholder Rights............... Description of the Company's Existing Capital Stock........................................ Legal Matters.................................. 71 Independent Auditors........................... 71 Available Information.......................... 71 Index to Financial Statements.................. F-1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK ------------------------ PROSPECTUS ------------------------ , 1997 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION* The following table shows the expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be incurred in connection with the sale and distribution of securities being registered by the Company. SEC Registration Fee.......................................... $ 34,849 NASD Filing Fee............................................... 12,000 Listing Fee**................................................. Blue Sky Fees and Expenses**.................................. Legal Fees and Expenses**..................................... Accounting Fees and Expenses**................................ Printing Expenses**........................................... Miscellaneous Expenses**...................................... -------- Total....................................................... $ -------- --------
- ------------------ * Except for the SEC registration fee and the NASD Filing Fee, all of the foregoing expenses have been estimated. ** To be completed by amendment. ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS The Company, as a Delaware corporation, is empowered by Section 145 of the DGCL, subject to the procedures and limitations stated therein, to indemnify any person against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which such person is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or his serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company or other entity. The statute provides that indemnification pursuant to its provisions is not exclusive of other rights of indemnification to which a person may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Amended By-laws provide for indemnification by the Company of its directors and officers to the full extent authorized by the DGCL. Pursuant to Section 145 of the DGCL, the Company has purchased insurance on behalf of its present and former directors and officers against liabilities asserted against and incurred by them in such capacity or arising out of their status as such. Pursuant to specific authority granted by Section 102 of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains the following provision regarding indemnification of directors: 'To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a Director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director.' The Amended By-laws contain the following provision regarding indemnification of directors and officers: 'The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.' The Company has entered into agreements to provide indemnification for their directors and certain officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-laws. These agreements, among other things, indemnify the directors, to the fullest extent provided by Delaware law, for certain expenses (including attorneys' fees), losses, claims, liabilities, judgments, fines and II-1 settlement amounts incurred by such indemnitee in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of the Company, on account of services as a director or officer of any affiliate of the Company, or as a director or officer of any other company or enterprise that the indemnitee provides services to at the request of the Company. The Management Agreement between Mettler-Toledo, Inc. and AEA Investors provides for indemnification of employees of AEA Investors who serve as directors of the Company. ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES From the date of its incorporation until the issuances of common stock which occurred beginning in October 1996, the Company issued common stock to certain members of senior management, the investor-participants of AEA Investors and AEA Investors for approximately $.03 per share. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company effected a recapitalization pursuant to which such common stock was converted into Class B common stock or Class C common stock, as the case may be. 1. In October 1996, the Company issued 1,803,489 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate consideration of $180,348,900, 50 shares of Class B common stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $2, and 172,376 shares of Class C common stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $5,171. The shares were offered and sold to executive officers of the Company, the management and investor-participants of AEA Investors and AEA Investors in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D and Section 4(2) under the Securities Act. 2. In October 1996, the Company issued 8,843 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate consideration of $884,300, and 2,526 shares of Class C common stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $76. The shares were offered and sold in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act and were sold pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. 3. In October 1996, the Company issued 16,578 shares of Class A Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $1,657,800, and 4,738 shares of Class C common stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $142. The shares were offered and sold in reliance on Rule 903 under the Securities Act outside the United States to employees of the Company who represented that they were non U.S. persons. 4. In December 1996, the Company issued 25,750 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate consideration of $2,575,000, and 11,885 shares of Class C common stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $357. The shares were offered and sold to executive officers of the Company, the management and investor-participants of AEA Investors and other accredited investors in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. 5. In December 1996, the Company issued 8,620 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate consideration of $862,000, and 2,472 shares of Class C common stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $74. The shares were offered and sold in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act and were sold pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. 6. In December 1996, the Company issued 36,499 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate consideration of $3,649,900, and 10,401 shares of Class C common stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $312. The shares were offered and sold in reliance on Rule 903 under the Securities Act outside the United States to employees of the Company who represented that they were non U.S. persons. 7. In April 1997, the Company issued 3,000 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate consideration of $300,000, and 857 shares of Class C common stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $26. The shares were offered and sold to an executive officer of the Company in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. The sales described in items 1, 4 and 7 were made to (i) individuals who represented that they were accredited investors, (ii) executive officers of the Company, or (iii) employees of AEA Investors (who numbered fewer than 35 and) who the Company believes have knowledge and experience in financial and business matters sufficient to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing the securities issued. II-2 ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) Exhibits
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION - ------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 * -- Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement. 1.2 * -- Form of International Purchase Agreement. 2.1 -- Stock Purchase Agreement between AEA-MT Inc, AG fur Prazisionsinstrumente and Ciba-Geigy AG, as amended (Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement, as amended, on Form S-1, of the Company (Reg. No. 33-09621) and incorporated herein by reference). 2.2 -- Share Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Safeline Limited (Filed as Exhibit 2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated June 3, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 3.1 * -- Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. 3.2 * -- Form of Amended By-laws of the Company. 4.1 -- Indenture dated as of October 15, 1996, among MT Acquisition Corp., as Issuer, Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., as Note Guarantor, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated October 15, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). 4.2 -- First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 15, 1996, among Mettler-Toledo, Inc., Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., as Note Guarantor, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated October 15, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). 4.3 * -- Specimen Form of the Company's Common Stock Certificate. 4.4 * -- Form of Second Supplemental Indenture among MT Acquisition Corp., as Issuer, Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., as Note Guarantor, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee. 5.1 * -- Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, counsel to the Company, as to the legality of the securities being registered. 10.1 -- Management Consulting Agreement dated as of October 15, 1996 between Mettler-Toledo, Inc. and AEA Investors Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.2 -- Employment Agreement between Robert F. Spoerry and Mettler-Toledo, AG, dated as of October 30, 1996 (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.3 -- Loan Agreement between Robert F. Spoerry and Mettler-Toledo AG, dated as of October 7, 1996 (Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.4 -- MT Investors Inc. Stock Option Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.5 -- Mettler Toledo Performance-Oriented Bonus System (POBS), effective as of 1993 (Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.6 -- Mettler Toledo POBS Plus--Incentive Scheme for Senior Management of Mettler Toledo, dated as of November 4, 1996 (Filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.7 -- Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 1997, between Mettler-Toledo Inc., Mettler-Toledo Holding AG, as Borrowers, Safeline Holding Company as UK Borrower, Mettler-Toledo, Inc. as Canadian Borrower and Merrill Lynch & Co. as Arranger and Documentation Agent, and the Lenders thereto (Filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 of the Company, dated as of June 30, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference). 10.8 * -- Agreement of Merger dated November , 1997 by and between MT Investors Inc. and Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. 11 ** -- Statement regarding computation of per share earnings. 21 -- Subsidiaries of the Company. 23.1 * -- Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (included in Exhibit 5.1). 23.2 -- Consent of KPMG Fides Peat, independent auditors. 24.1 ** -- Powers of Attorney.
- ------------------------ * To be filed by amendment ** Previously filed II-3 (b) Schedules
SCHEDULE NUMBER DESCRIPTION - -------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I Condensed Financial Information of Registrant II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that: (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. (3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form. (4) The registrant undertakes that every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (3) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. (5) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request. (6) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective. II-4 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, ON THE 8TH DAY OF OCTOBER, 1997. MT INVESTORS INC. By: /s/ WILLIAM P. DONNELLY --------------------------------- William P. Donnelly Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE - ------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ------------------- * President and Chief Executive Officer October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ (Principal Executive Officer), Director Robert F. Spoerry /s/ WILLIAM P. DONNELLY Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial William P. Donnelly and Accounting Officer) * Chairman of the Board October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ Philip Caldwell * Director October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ Reginald H. Jones * Director October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ John D. Macomber * Director October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ John M. Manser * Director October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ Laurence Z.Y. Moh * Director October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ Thomas P. Salice * Director October 8, 1997 - ------------------------------------------ Alan W. Wilkinson *By: /s/ WILLIAM P. DONNELLY ------------------------------------- William P. Donnelly Attorney-in-Fact
II-5 SCHEDULE I SCHEDULE I--CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT MT INVESTORS INC. BALANCE SHEET (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------ ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents......................................................................... $ 1 ------------ Total current assets................................................................................ 1 Investment in Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc............................................................ 29,062 ------------ Total assets........................................................................................ $ 29,063 ------------ ------------ LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY Shareholders' equity: Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: Class A non-voting, authorized 2,233,117 shares; issued 1,899,779.............................. $ 19 Class B voting, authorized 1,000 shares; issued 1,000.......................................... 1 Class C non-voting, authorized 541,859 shares; issued 537,735.................................. 5 Additional paid-in capital.......................................................................... 188,084 Accumulated deficit................................................................................. (159,046) ------------ Total shareholders' equity.......................................................................... 29,063 ------------ Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.......................................................... $ 29,063 ------------ ------------
See the accompanying notes to the financial statements S-1 SCHEDULE I MT INVESTORS INC. STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
FOR THE PERIOD OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 ---------------- Equity in loss of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc..................................................... $ (159,046) ---------------- Net loss....................................................................................... $ (159,046) ---------------- ---------------- Loss per common share: Weighted average number of common shares....................................................... 2,395,993 Loss per common share.......................................................................... $ (66.38) ---------------- ----------------
See the accompanying notes to the financial statements S-2 SCHEDULE I MT INVESTORS INC. STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COMMON STOCK ---------------------------------------------------------- CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C ADDITIONAL ------------------- ------------------ ----------------- PAID-IN ACCUMULATED SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL DEFICIT TOTAL --------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- ------------ ------------- --------- Balance at October 15, 1996.... -- $ -- 1,000 $ 1 -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 1 New Issuance of shares......... 1,899,779 19 -- -- 537,735 5 188,084 -- 188,108 Net loss....................... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (159,046) (159,046) --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- --------- Balance at December 31, 1996... 1,899,779 $ 19 1,000 $ 1 537,735 $ 5 $188,084 $(159,046) $ 29,063 --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- --------- --------- --- -------- --- ------- --- ------------ ------------- ---------
See the accompanying notes to the financial statements S-3 SCHEDULE I MT INVESTORS INC. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
FOR THE PERIOD OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 ---------------- Cash flows from operating activities: Net loss....................................................................................... $ (159,046) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: Equity in loss of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc.............................................. 159,046 ---------------- Net cash provided by operating activities........................................................ -- ---------------- Cash flows from investing activities: Investments in Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc...................................................... (188,108) ---------------- Net cash used in investing activities............................................................ (188,108) ---------------- Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of common stock......................................................... 188,108 ---------------- Net cash provided by financing activities........................................................ 188,108 ---------------- Net change in cash and cash equivalents.......................................................... -- Cash and cash equivalents: Beginning of period............................................................................ $ 1 ---------------- End of period.................................................................................. $ 1 ---------------- ----------------
See the accompanying notes to the financial statements S-4 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACQUISITION MT Investors Inc. ('MT Investors') was incorporated by AEA Investors Inc. ('AEA') in December 1991. It was recapitalized to effect the acquisition of the Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba-Geigy AG ('Ciba') and its wholly owned subsidiary, AG fur Prazisionsinstrumente ('AGP'). Pursuant to the terms of a stock purchase agreement dated April 2, 1996 between MT Investors, AGP and Ciba, on October 15, 1996 MT Investors acquired the Mettler-Toledo Group in a transaction accounted for as a purchase. Between the date of formation and October 15, 1996, MT Investors has no substantive operations. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United Sates generally accepted accounting principles. 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of three months or less. Investment The Company accounts for its investment in Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. under the equity method of accounting. Stock Based Compensation The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 'Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees' and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plan. Earnings per Common Share Earnings per common share has been computed using the weighted average number of outstanding common shares during the period. In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, 'Earnings per Share.' The Company has yet to determine the effect of this statement on its earnings per share. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. 3. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 2,775,976 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value of which 2,233,117 shares are designated as Class A common stock, 1,000 shares are designated Class B common stock and 541,859 shares are designated Class C common stock. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding 1,899,779 shares of Class A common stock, 1,000 shares of Class B common stock and 537,735 shares of Class C common stock. Additionally, 333,117 shares of Class A common stock are reserved for the Company's stock option plan (See Note 4). Holders of the Company's common stock have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. Except as described below, the Company's three classes of common stock have identical rights under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. S-5 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 3. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY--(CONTINUED) Dividends or distributions in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company or not paid out of the current and accumulated earnings and profits shall be paid in the following manner. First, exclusively to the holders of the shares of Class A common stock, ratably to each such holder, until the sum of all dividends and distributions to each holder of Class A common stock equals $100 for each share of Class A common stock held by such holder. After each holder of shares of Class A common stock shall have received dividends and distributions totaling $100, then exclusively to the holders of the shares of Class B common and Class C common stock ratably to each such holder until the sum of all dividends and distributions to each holder of Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock equals $100 for each share of Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock held by such holder. After each holder of Class B common stock and Class C common stock shall have received such dividends and distributions, then to all holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock, ratably to each holder of such shares. Class A and C common stock shareholders have no voting rights. 4. STOCK OPTION PLAN Effective October 15, 1996, MT Investors adopted a stock option plan to provide certain key employees and/or directors of the Company additional incentive to join and/or remain in the service of the Company as well as to maintain and enhance the long-term performance and profitability of the Company. The plan reserves 333,117 shares of Class A non-voting common stock of MT Investors. Under the terms of the plan, options granted shall be nonqualified and the exercise price, as determined by the committee, shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share of such common stock on the date of grant. Options may not be exercised until the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to certain acceleration clauses and expire on October 15, 2006. Stock option activity is shown below (per share average option price amounts in whole dollars):
OPTION PRICE -------------------- NUMBER PER SHARE TOTAL OF SHARES AVERAGE PRICE --------- --------- ------- Granted during the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996........ 278,988 $100.00 $27,899 Exercised.............................................................. -- -- -- Forfeited.............................................................. -- -- -- --------- --------- ------- Outstanding at December 31, 1996....................................... 278,988 $100.00 $27,899 --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- ------- Shares exerciseable at December 31, 1996............................... -- $ -- $ -- --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------
As of the date granted, the weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options was approximately $25.00 per share. Such weighted-average grant-date fair value was determined using an option pricing model assuming: (i) an expected option life of seven years, (ii) no dividends are expected to be paid in the foreseeable future, and (iii) a risk free interest rate of 4%. The Company applies Accounting Standards Board Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plan as all options have been issued at fair market value. The Company's net loss for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 would not have been materially different had compensation cost been determined consistent with Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 'Accounting for Stock Based Compensation'. S-6 MT INVESTORS INC. NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) Reorganization Concurrently with the Offerings described elsewhere in this Prospectus (i) Mettler-Toledo Holding, Inc. will be merged with and into MT Investors (the 'Merger'), with MT Investors being the surviving corporation, (ii) as part of the Merger, MT Investors will convert each share of its existing Class A, Class B and Class C common stock, at a specified ratio, into shares of Common Stock and (iii) MT Investors will change its name to Mettler-Toledo International Inc. Preferred Stock The Board of Directors, without further stockholder authorization, will be authorized to issue shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to determine and fix the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, including dividend rights and preferences over dividends on the Common Stock and one or more series of the Preferred Stock, conversion rights, voting rights (in addition to those provided by law), redemption rights and the terms of any sinking fund therefor, and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, including preferences over the Common Stock and one or more series of the Preferred Stock. Although the Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock following the consummation of the Offerings, the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company or an unsolicited acquisition proposal. S-7 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
COLUMN C ---------------------- ADDITIONS COLUMN A COLUMN B ---------------------- COLUMN E - ----------------------------------------------- ---------- (1) (2) -------- BALANCE AT CHARGED CHARGED TO COLUMN D BALANCE THE TO COSTS OTHER ---------- AT END BEGINNING AND ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS OF DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD EXPENSES DESCRIBE DESCRIBE PERIOD - ----------------------------------------------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- -------- Note (A) Accounts Receivable--allowance for doubtful accounts: For the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996.................................. $9,429 $ 97 -- $1,138 $8,388 For the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996...................................... 9,292 370 -- 233 9,429 Years ended December 31, 1995...................................... 7,411 3,287 -- 1,406 9,292 1994...................................... 5,926 2,342 -- 857 7,411
- ------------------ Note A Represents excess of uncollectable balances written off over recoveries of accounts previously written off. Additionally, amounts are net of foreign currency translation effect of $(462), $(409), $(375) and $(159) for the years ended 1994 and 1995 and for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, respectively. INDEX TO EXHIBITS 1.1* -- Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement. 1.2* -- Form of International Purchase Agreement. 2.1 -- Stock Purchase Agreement between AEA-MT Inc, AG fur Prazisionsinstrumente and Ciba-Geigy AG, as amended (Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement, as amended, on Form S-1, of the Company (Reg. No. 33-09621) and incorporated herein by reference). 2.2 -- Share Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Safeline Limited (filed as Exhibit 22 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated June 3, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 3.1* -- Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. 3.2* -- Form of Amended By-laws of the Company. 4.1 -- Indenture dated as of October 15, 1996, among MT Acquisition Corp., as Issuer, Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., as Note Guarantor, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated October 15, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). 4.2 -- First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 15, 1996, among Mettler-Toledo, Inc., Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., as Note Guarantor, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated October 15, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). 4.3* -- Specimen Form of the Company's Common Stock Certificate. 4.4* -- Form of Second Supplemental Indenture among Mettler-Toledo, Inc., Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc., as Note Guarantor, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee. 5.1* -- Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, counsel to the Company, as to the legality of the securities being registered. 10.1 -- Management Consulting Agreement dated as of October 15, 1996 between Mettler-Toledo, Inc. and AEA Investors Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.2 -- Employment Agreement between Robert F. Spoerry and Mettler-Toledo, AG, dated as of October 30, 1996 (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.3 -- Loan Agreement between Robert F. Spoerry and Mettler-Toledo AG, dated as of October 7, 1996 (Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.4 -- MT Investors Inc. Stock Option Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.5 -- Mettler Toledo Performance-Oriented Bonus System (POBS), effective as of 1993 (Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.6 -- Mettler Toledo POBS Plus--Incentive Scheme for Senior Management of Mettler Toledo, dated as of November 4, 1996 (Filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated March 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.7 -- Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 1997, between Mettler-Toledo Inc., Mettler-Toledo Holding AG, as Borrowers, Safeline Holding Company as UK Borrower, Mettler-Toledo, Inc. as Canadian Borrower and Merrill Lynch & Co. as Arranger and Documentation Agent, and the Lenders thereto (Filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 of the Company, dated as of June 30, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference). 10.8* -- Agreement of Merger dated as of November , 1997 by and between MT Investors Inc. and Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. 11** -- Statement regarding computation of per share earnings. 21 -- Subsidiaries of the Company. 23.1* -- Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (included in Exhibit 5.1). 23.2 -- Consent of KPMG Fides Peat, independent auditors. 24.1** -- Powers of Attorney.
- ------------------ * To be filed by amendment ** Previously filed EX-21 2 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY EXHIBIT 21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY AUSTRALIA Mettler-Toledo Limited AUSTRIA Mettler-Toledo Ges.m.b.H. BELGIUM N.V. Mettler-Toledo S.A. BERMUDA Mettler-Toledo Finance Ltd. BRAZIL Mettler-Toledo Industria e Commercio Ltda. CANADA Mettler-Toledo Inc. CHINA Changzhou Toledo Electronic Scale Ltd. Mettler-Toledo Instruments (Shanghai) Ltd. Mettler-Toledo Int. Trading (Shanghai) Corp. Panzhihua Toledo Electronic Scale Ltd. Xinjiang Toledo Electronic Scale Ltd. CROTIA Mettler-Toledo d.o.o. CZECH REPUBLIC Mettler-Toledo spol. s.r.o. DENMARK Mettler-Toledo A/S FRANCE Mettler-Toledo SA Mettler-Toledo Analyse Industielle S.a.r.l. Ohaus S.a.r.l. Safeline SA GERMANY Mettler-Toledo (Albstadt) GmbH Garvens Automation GmbH Mettler-Toledo GmbH Getmore Gesell fur Marketing & Media Service GmbH Ohaus Waagen Vertriebsgesellschaft GmbH Mettler-Toledo Management Holding Deutschland GmbH Safeline GmbH HONG KONG Mettler-Toledo (HK) Ltd. HUNGARY Mettler-Toledo Kereskedelml Kft. ITALY Mettler-Toledo grandi impianti S.r.l. Mettler-Toledo S.p.A. JAPAN Mettler-Toledo K.K. KOREA Mettler-Toledo (Korea) Ltd. MALAYSIA Mettler-Toledo (M) Sdn. Bhd. MEXICO Mettler-Toledo S.A. de C.V. Ohaus de Mexico S.A. de C.V. NETHERLANDS Mettler-Toledo B.V. Mettler-Toledo Holding B.V. NORWAY Mettler-Toledo A/S Cargoscan A/S Cargoscan Holding A/S POLAND Mettler-Toledo Sp.z.o.o. RUSSIA 3A0 Mettler-Toledo Vostok SINGAPORE Mettler-Toledo (S) Pte.Ltd. SLOVAK REPUBLIC Mettler-Toledo Service s.r.o. Mettler-Toledo spol. s.r.o. SLOVENIA Mettler-Toledo d.o.o. SPAIN Mettler-Toledo S.A.E. SWEDEN Mettler-Toledo AB SWITZERLAND Mettler-Toledo Holding AG Mettler-Toledo GmbH Mettler-Toledo Logistik AG Mettler-Toledo Pac Rim AG Mettler-Toledo (Schweiz) AG Microwa Prazisionswaagen AG Pivott Instrumente AG TAIWAN Mettler-Toledo Pac Rim AG-Taiwan Branch THAILAND Mettler-Toledo (Thailand) Ltd. 2 UNITED KINGDOM Mettler-Toledo Ltd. Ohaus Europe Ltd. Safeline Limited Safeline Holding Company UNITED STATES OF AMERICA ACME Scale & Supply Inc. (PA) Hi-Speed Checkweigher Co., Inc. (NY) Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. Mettler-Toledo Process Analytical, Inc. (MA) Ohaus Corp. (NJ) Safeline Inc. 3 EX-23.2 3 CONSENT OF KPMG FIDES PEAT, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS EXHIBIT 23.2 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT ON SCHEDULES AND CONSENT The Board of Directors MT Investors Inc. The audits of MT Investors Inc. referred to in our report dated April 18, 1997, included the related financial statement schedules as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for each of the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, the Predecessor period, and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, the Successor period, included in the registration statement. The financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statement schedules based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedules when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our firm under the headings 'Selected Historical Financial Information' and 'Experts' in the prospectus. KPMG Fides Peat Zurich, Switzerland October 8, 1997 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----